Пример #1
0
    /// <summary>
    /// Creates new instance of SQLiteVdbe class by compiling a statement
    /// </summary>
    /// <param name="query"></param>
    /// <returns>Vdbe</returns>
    public SQLiteVdbe( SQLiteDatabase db, String query )
    {
      vm = null;

      // prepare and compile 
      csSQLite.sqlite3_prepare_v2( db.Connection(), query, query.Length, ref vm, 0 );
    }
Пример #2
0
    /*
    ** 2001 September 15
    **
    ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
    ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
    **
    **    May you do good and not evil.
    **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
    **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
    **
    *************************************************************************
    ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
    ** to handle UPDATE statements.
    **
    ** $Id: update.c,v 1.207 2009/08/08 18:01:08 drh Exp $
    **
    *************************************************************************
    **  Included in SQLite3 port to C#-SQLite;  2008 Noah B Hart
    **  C#-SQLite is an independent reimplementation of the SQLite software library
    **
    **  $Header$
    *************************************************************************
    */
    //#include "sqliteInt.h"

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Forward declaration */
//static void updateVirtualTable(
//Parse pParse,       /* The parsing context */
//SrcList pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
//Table pTab,         /* The virtual table */
//ExprList pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
//Expr pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
//int aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
//Expr pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
//);
#endif // * SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

    /*
** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the
** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
**
** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the
** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
**
** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have
** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated
** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
** into the sqlite_master table.)
**
** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
** sqlite3_value objects.
**
** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is
** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save
** space.
*/
    static void sqlite3ColumnDefault( Vdbe v, Table pTab, int i, int iReg )
    {
      Debug.Assert( pTab != null );
      if ( null == pTab.pSelect )
      {
        sqlite3_value pValue = new sqlite3_value();
        int enc = ENC( sqlite3VdbeDb( v ) );
        Column pCol = pTab.aCol[i];
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
        VdbeComment( v, "%s.%s", pTab.zName, pCol.zName );
#endif
        Debug.Assert( i < pTab.nCol );
        sqlite3ValueFromExpr( sqlite3VdbeDb( v ), pCol.pDflt, enc,
        pCol.affinity, ref pValue );
        if ( pValue != null )
        {
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4( v, -1, pValue, P4_MEM );
        }
#if !SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
        if ( iReg >= 0 && pTab.aCol[i].affinity == SQLITE_AFF_REAL )
        {
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp1( v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg );
        }
#endif
      }
    }
Пример #3
0
 /*
 ** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
 ** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in 
 ** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
 **
 **  Character      Column affinity
 **  ------------------------------
 **  'a'            TEXT
 **  'b'            NONE
 **  'c'            NUMERIC
 **  'd'            INTEGER
 **  'e'            REAL
 **
 ** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
 ** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
 **
 ** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
 ** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
 ** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
 */
 static string sqlite3IndexAffinityStr( Vdbe v, Index pIdx )
 {
   if ( pIdx.zColAff == null || pIdx.zColAff[0] == '\0' )
   {
     /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
     ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
     ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
     **
     ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
     ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
     ** up.
     */
     int n;
     Table pTab = pIdx.pTable;
     sqlite3 db = sqlite3VdbeDb( v );
     StringBuilder pIdx_zColAff = new StringBuilder( pIdx.nColumn + 2 );// (char )sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+2);
     //      if ( pIdx_zColAff == null )
     //      {
     //        db.mallocFailed = 1;
     //        return null;
     //      }
     for ( n = 0; n < pIdx.nColumn; n++ )
     {
       pIdx_zColAff.Append( pTab.aCol[pIdx.aiColumn[n]].affinity );
     }
     pIdx_zColAff.Append( SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
     pIdx_zColAff.Append( '\0' );
     pIdx.zColAff = pIdx_zColAff.ToString();
   }
   return pIdx.zColAff;
 }
Пример #4
0
    /*
    ** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
    */
    static void sqlite3VdbeSetSql( Vdbe p, string z, int n, int isPrepareV2 )
    {
      if ( p == null ) return;
#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
#endif
      Debug.Assert( p.zSql == "" );
      p.zSql = z.Substring( 0, n );// sqlite3DbStrNDup(p.db, z, n);
      p.isPrepareV2 = isPrepareV2 != 0;
    }
Пример #5
0
    /*
** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized.  Log
** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise
** invalid).  Return false if it is ok.
*/
    static bool vdbeSafety( Vdbe p )
    {
      if ( p.db == null )
      {
        sqlite3_log( SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement" );
        return true;
      }
      else
      {
        return false;
      }
    }
Пример #6
0
 static bool vdbeSafetyNotNull( Vdbe p )
 {
   if ( p == null )
   {
     sqlite3_log( SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement" );
     return true;
   }
   else
   {
     return vdbeSafety( p );
   }
 }
Пример #7
0
    /// <summary>
    /// Creates new instance of SQLiteVdbe class by compiling a statement
    /// </summary>
    /// <param name="query"></param>
    /// <returns>Vdbe</returns>
    public SQLiteVdbe( SQLiteDatabase db, String query )
    {
      vm = null;

      // prepare and compile 
#if NET_35
      Sqlite3.PrepareV2NoTail
#else
Sqlite3.sqlite3_prepare_v2
#endif
( db.Connection(), query, query.Length, ref vm, 0 );
    }
Пример #8
0
    /*
** Create a new virtual database engine.
*/
    static Vdbe sqlite3VdbeCreate( sqlite3 db )
    {
      Vdbe p;
      p = new Vdbe();// sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, Vdbe).Length;
      if ( p == null ) return null;
      p.db = db;
      if ( db.pVdbe != null )
      {
        db.pVdbe.pPrev = p;
      }
      p.pNext = db.pVdbe;
      p.pPrev = null;
      db.pVdbe = p;
      p.magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
      return p;
    }
Пример #9
0
    /*
    ** Add code to implement the OFFSET
    */
    static void codeOffset(
    Vdbe v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
    Select p,        /* The SELECT statement being coded */
    int iContinue    /* Jump here to skip the current record */
    )
    {
      if ( p.iOffset != 0 && iContinue != 0 )
      {
        int addr;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2( v, OP_AddImm, p.iOffset, -1 );
        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1( v, OP_IfNeg, p.iOffset );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2( v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue );
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
        VdbeComment( v, "skip OFFSET records" );
#endif
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere( v, addr );
      }
    }
Пример #10
0
 /*
 ** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table.
 */
 static void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
   Vdbe v,         /* The VDBE under construction */
   Table pTab,     /* The table containing the value */
   int iTabCur,    /* The cursor for this table */
   int iCol,       /* Index of the column to extract */
   int regOut      /* Extract the value into this register */
 )
 {
   if ( iCol < 0 || iCol == pTab.iPKey )
   {
     sqlite3VdbeAddOp2( v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut );
   }
   else
   {
     int op = IsVirtual( pTab ) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
     sqlite3VdbeAddOp3( v, op, iTabCur, iCol, regOut );
   }
   if ( iCol >= 0 )
   {
     sqlite3ColumnDefault( v, pTab, iCol, regOut );
   }
 }
Пример #11
0
 /*
 ** Generate an OP_IsNull instruction that tests register iReg and jumps
 ** to location iDest if the value in iReg is NULL.  The value in iReg
 ** was computed by pExpr.  If we can look at pExpr at compile-time and
 ** determine that it can never generate a NULL, then the OP_IsNull operation
 ** can be omitted.
 */
 static void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(
 Vdbe v,            /* The VDBE under construction */
 Expr pExpr,        /* Only generate OP_IsNull if this expr can be NULL */
 int iReg,          /* Test the value in this register for NULL */
 int iDest          /* Jump here if the value is null */
 )
 {
   if ( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull( pExpr ) != 0 )
   {
     sqlite3VdbeAddOp2( v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iDest );
   }
 }
Пример #12
0
		/// <summary>
		/// Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
		/// 
		/// sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
		/// close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
		/// and the error message pointer.
		/// 
		/// Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
		/// invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
		/// SQLITE_ROW.
		/// 
		/// If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
		/// will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
		/// return SQLITE_BUSY.
		/// 
		/// If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
		/// from sqlite3Malloc() and p.zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
		/// The error code is stored in p.rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
		/// 
		/// If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
		/// immediately.  There will be no error message but the p.rc field is
		/// set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
		/// 
		/// A memory allocation error causes p.rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
		/// routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
		/// 
		/// Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
		/// 
		/// After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
		/// used to clean up the mess that was left behind
		/// </summary>
		/// <param name='p'>
		/// The VDBE
		/// </param>
		static int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe p)
		{
			int pc = 0;                /* The program counter */
			Op[] aOp = p.aOp;          /* Copy of p.aOp */
			Op pOp;                    /* Current operation */
			int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
			sqlite3 db = p.db;         /* The database */
			u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
			u8 encoding = ENC(db);   /* The database encoding */
#if !SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
			bool checkProgress;        /* True if progress callbacks are enabled */
			int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
#endif
			Mem[] aMem = p.aMem;       /* Copy of p.aMem */
			Mem pIn1 = null;           /* 1st input operand */
			Mem pIn2 = null;           /* 2nd input operand */
			Mem pIn3 = null;           /* 3rd input operand */
			Mem pOut = null;           /* Output operand */
			int iCompare = 0;          /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
			int[] aPermute = null;     /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
			i64 lastRowid = db.lastRowid;  /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */
#if VDBE_PROFILE
u64 start;                   /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
int origPc;                  /* Program counter at start of opcode */
#endif
			/*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/

			Debug.Assert(p.magic == VDBE_MAGIC_RUN);  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
			sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
			if (p.rc == SQLITE_NOMEM)
			{
				/* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
				** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
				goto no_mem;
			}
			Debug.Assert(p.rc == SQLITE_OK || p.rc == SQLITE_BUSY);
			p.rc = SQLITE_OK;
			Debug.Assert(p.explain == 0);
			p.pResultSet = null;
			db.busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
			if (db.u1.isInterrupted)
				goto abort_due_to_interrupt; //CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
#if TRACE
sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql( p );
#endif
#if !SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
			checkProgress = db.xProgress != null;
#endif
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
	  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
	  if ( p.pc == 0
	  && ( p.db.flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing ) != 0 )
	  {
		int i;
		Console.Write( "VDBE Program Listing:\n" );
		sqlite3VdbePrintSql( p );
		for ( i = 0; i < p.nOp; i++ )
		{
		  sqlite3VdbePrintOp( Console.Out, i, aOp[i] );
		}
	  }
	  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
#endif
			for (pc = p.pc; rc == SQLITE_OK; pc++)
			{
				Debug.Assert(pc >= 0 && pc < p.nOp);
				//      if ( db.mallocFailed != 0 ) goto no_mem;
#if VDBE_PROFILE
origPc = pc;
start = sqlite3Hwtime();
#endif
				pOp = aOp[pc];
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
		if ( p.trace != null )
		{
		  if ( pc == 0 )
		  {
			printf( "VDBE Execution Trace:\n" );
			sqlite3VdbePrintSql( p );
		  }
		  sqlite3VdbePrintOp( p.trace, pc, pOp );
		}
#endif


				/* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
** if we have a special test build.
*/
#if SQLITE_TEST
#if !TCLSH
		if ( sqlite3_interrupt_count > 0 )
		{
		  sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
		  if ( sqlite3_interrupt_count == 0 )
#else
		if ( sqlite3_interrupt_count.iValue > 0 )
		{
		  sqlite3_interrupt_count.iValue--;
		  if ( sqlite3_interrupt_count.iValue == 0 )
#endif
		  {
			sqlite3_interrupt( db );
		  }
		}
#endif

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
				/* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
				if (checkProgress)
				{
					if (db.nProgressOps == nProgressOps)
					{
						int prc;
						prc = db.xProgress(db.pProgressArg);
						if (prc != 0)
						{
							rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
							goto vdbe_error_halt;
						}
						nProgressOps = 0;
					}
					nProgressOps++;
				}
#endif

				/* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelase" tag, free any
** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be
** an undefined integer.  Opcodes will either fill in the integer
** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type.
*/
				Debug.Assert(pOp.opflags == sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp.opcode]);
				if ((pOp.opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE) != 0)
				{
					Debug.Assert(pOp.p2 > 0);
					Debug.Assert(pOp.p2 <= p.nMem);
					pOut = aMem[pOp.p2];
					memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
					sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
					pOut.flags = MEM_Int;
				}

				/* Sanity checking on other operands */
				/* Sanity checking on other operands */
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
		if ( ( pOp.opflags & OPFLG_IN1 ) != 0 )
		{
		  Debug.Assert( pOp.p1 > 0 );
		  Debug.Assert( pOp.p1 <= p.nMem );
		  Debug.Assert( memIsValid( aMem[pOp.p1] ) );
		  REGISTER_TRACE( p, pOp.p1, aMem[pOp.p1] );
		}
		if ( ( pOp.opflags & OPFLG_IN2 ) != 0 )
		{
		  Debug.Assert( pOp.p2 > 0 );
		  Debug.Assert( pOp.p2 <= p.nMem );
		  Debug.Assert( memIsValid( aMem[pOp.p2] ) );
		  REGISTER_TRACE( p, pOp.p2, aMem[pOp.p2] );
		}
		if ( ( pOp.opflags & OPFLG_IN3 ) != 0 )
		{
		  Debug.Assert( pOp.p3 > 0 );
		  Debug.Assert( pOp.p3 <= p.nMem );
		  Debug.Assert( memIsValid( aMem[pOp.p3] ) );
		  REGISTER_TRACE( p, pOp.p3, aMem[pOp.p3] );
		}
		if ( ( pOp.opflags & OPFLG_OUT2 ) != 0 )
		{
		  Debug.Assert( pOp.p2 > 0 );
		  Debug.Assert( pOp.p2 <= p.nMem );
		  memAboutToChange( p, aMem[pOp.p2] );
		}
		if ( ( pOp.opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ) != 0 )
		{
		  Debug.Assert( pOp.p3 > 0 );
		  Debug.Assert( pOp.p3 <= p.nMem );
		  memAboutToChange( p, aMem[pOp.p3] );
		}
#endif

				switch (pOp.opcode)
				{

					/*****************************************************************************
					** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
					** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
					** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
					** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
					** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
					** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
					** we transition back to normal indentation.
					**
					** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
					** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
					** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
					** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
					** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
					** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
					** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
					** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
					**
					** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
					** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
					** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, ref2_prerelease, ref2, ref3.  See
					** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
					**
					** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
					** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
					** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
					** file.
					**
					** SUMMARY:
					**
					**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
					**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
					**
					*****************************************************************************/

					/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 * * *
					**
					** An unconditional jump to address P2.
					** The next instruction executed will be
					** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
					** the program.
					*/
					case OP_Goto:
						{             /* jump */
							if (db.u1.isInterrupted)
								goto abort_due_to_interrupt; //CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
							pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode:  Gosub P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Write the current address onto register P1
					** and then jump to address P2.
					*/
					case OP_Gosub:
						{            /* jump, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert((pIn1.flags & MEM_Dyn) == 0);
							memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
							pIn1.flags = MEM_Int;
							pIn1.u.i = pc;
							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p1, pIn1);
							pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode:  Return P1 * * * *
					**
					** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.
					*/
					case OP_Return:
						{           /* in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert((pIn1.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);
							pc = (int)pIn1.u.i;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode:  Yield P1 * * * *
					**
					** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.
					*/
					case OP_Yield:
						{            /* in1 */
							int pcDest;
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert((pIn1.flags & MEM_Dyn) == 0);
							pIn1.flags = MEM_Int;
							pcDest = (int)pIn1.u.i;
							pIn1.u.i = pc;
							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p1, pIn1);
							pc = pcDest;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode:  HaltIfNull  P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** Check the value in register P3.  If it is NULL then Halt using
					** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction.  If the
					** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op.
					*/
					case OP_HaltIfNull:
						{      /* in3 */
							pIn3 = aMem[pOp.p3];
							if ((pIn3.flags & MEM_Null) == 0)
								break;
							/* Fall through into OP_Halt */
							goto case OP_Halt;
						}

					/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 * P4 *
					**
					** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, etc are closed
					** automatically.
					**
					** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
					** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
					** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
					** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
					** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
					** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
					** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction.
					**
					** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
					**
					** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
					** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
					** is the same as executing Halt.
					*/
					case OP_Halt:
						{
							pIn3 = aMem[pOp.p3];
							if (pOp.p1 == SQLITE_OK && p.pFrame != null)
							{
								/* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
								VdbeFrame pFrame = p.pFrame;
								p.pFrame = pFrame.pParent;
								p.nFrame--;
								sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p.nChange);
								pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
								lastRowid = db.lastRowid;
								if (pOp.p2 == OE_Ignore)
								{
									/* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
									** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
									** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
									** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
									** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
									pc = p.aOp[pc].p2 - 1;
								}
								aOp = p.aOp;
								aMem = p.aMem;
								break;
							}
							p.rc = pOp.p1;
							p.errorAction = (u8)pOp.p2;
							p.pc = pc;
							if (pOp.p4.z != null)
							{
								Debug.Assert(p.rc != SQLITE_OK);
								sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp.p4.z);
								testcase(sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog != null);
								sqlite3_log(pOp.p1, "abort at %d in [%s]: %s", pc, p.zSql, pOp.p4.z);
							}
							else if (p.rc != 0)
							{
								testcase(sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog != null);
								sqlite3_log(pOp.p1, "constraint failed at %d in [%s]", pc, p.zSql);
							}
							rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
							Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_BUSY || rc == SQLITE_OK || rc == SQLITE_ERROR);
							if (rc == SQLITE_BUSY)
							{
								p.rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
							}
							else
							{
								Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_OK || p.rc == SQLITE_CONSTRAINT);
								Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_OK || db.nDeferredCons > 0);
								rc = p.rc != 0 ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
							}
							goto vdbe_return;
						}

					/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
					*/
					case OP_Integer:
						{         /* out2-prerelease */
							pOut.u.i = pOp.p1;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
					**
					** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
					** Write that value into register P2.
					*/
					case OP_Int64:
						{           /* out2-prerelease */
							// Integer pointer always exists Debug.Assert( pOp.p4.pI64 != 0 );
							pOut.u.i = pOp.p4.pI64;
							break;
						}

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
					/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
** Write that value into register P2.
*/
					case OP_Real:
						{            /* same as TK_FLOAT, ref2-prerelease */
							pOut.flags = MEM_Real;
							Debug.Assert(!sqlite3IsNaN(pOp.p4.pReal));
							pOut.r = pOp.p4.pReal;
							break;
						}
#endif

					/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
**
** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
*/
					case OP_String8:
						{         /* same as TK_STRING, ref2-prerelease */
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4.z != null);
							pOp.opcode = OP_String;
							pOp.p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp.p4.z);

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp.p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
Debug.Assert( pOut.zMalloc==pOut.z );
Debug.Assert( pOut.flags & MEM_Dyn );
pOut.zMalloc = 0;
pOut.flags |= MEM_Static;
pOut.flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
if( pOp.p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, ref pOp.p4.z);
}
pOp.p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
pOp.p4.z = pOut.z;
pOp.p1 = pOut.n;
}
#endif
							if (pOp.p1 > db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH])
							{
								goto too_big;
							}
							/* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
							goto case OP_String;
						}

					/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
					**
					** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
					*/
					case OP_String:
						{          /* out2-prerelease */
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4.z != null);
							pOut.flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Static | MEM_Term;
							sqlite3_free(ref pOut.zBLOB);
							pOut.z = pOp.p4.z;
							pOut.n = pOp.p1;
#if SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
							pOut.enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
#else             
			  pOut.enc = encoding;
#endif
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pOut );
#endif
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Null * P2 * * *
					**
					** Write a NULL into register P2.
					*/
					case OP_Null:
						{           /* out2-prerelease */
							pOut.flags = MEM_Null;
							break;
						}


					/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4
					**
					** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
					**  blob in register P2.
					*/
					case OP_Blob:
						{                /* out2-prerelease */
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 <= db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
							sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp.p4.z, pOp.p1, 0, null);
							pOut.enc = encoding;
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pOut );
#endif
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
					**
					** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
					**
					** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4 and P3==1.
					** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
					*/
					case OP_Variable:
						{            /* out2-prerelease */
							Mem pVar;        /* Value being transferred */

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 <= p.nVar);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4.z == null || pOp.p4.z == p.azVar[pOp.p1 - 1]);
							pVar = p.aVar[pOp.p1 - 1];

							if (sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar))
							{
								goto too_big;
							}
							sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static);
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pOut );
#endif
							break;
						}
					/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Move the values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
					** registers P2..P2+P3-1.  Registers P1..P1+P1-1 are
					** left holding a NULL.  It is an error for register ranges
					** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.
					*/
					case OP_Move:
						{
							//char* zMalloc;   /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
							int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
							int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
							int p2;          /* Register to copy to */

							n = pOp.p3;
							p1 = pOp.p1;
							p2 = pOp.p2;
							Debug.Assert(n > 0 && p1 > 0 && p2 > 0);
							Debug.Assert(p1 + n <= p2 || p2 + n <= p1);
							//pIn1 = aMem[p1];
							//pOut = aMem[p2];
							while (n-- != 0)
							{
								pIn1 = aMem[p1 + pOp.p3 - n - 1];
								pOut = aMem[p2];
								//Debug.Assert( pOut<=&aMem[p.nMem] );
								//Debug.Assert( pIn1<=&aMem[p.nMem] );
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pIn1));
								memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
								//zMalloc = pOut.zMalloc;
								//pOut.zMalloc = null;
								sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
								//pIn1.zMalloc = zMalloc;
								REGISTER_TRACE(p, p2++, pOut);
								//pIn1++;
								//pOut++;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2.
					**
					** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
					** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
					*/
					case OP_Copy:
						{             /* in1, ref2 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							pOut = aMem[pOp.p2];

							Debug.Assert(pOut != pIn1);
							sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
							if ((pOut.flags & MEM_Ephem) != 0 && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pOut) != 0)
							{
								goto no_mem;
							}//Deephemeralize( pOut );
							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p2, pOut);
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
					**
					** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
					** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
					** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
					** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
					** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
					** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
					** copy.
					*/
					case OP_SCopy:
						{            /* in1, ref2 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							pOut = aMem[pOp.p2];
							Debug.Assert(pOut != pIn1);
							sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
			  if ( pOut.pScopyFrom == null )
				pOut.pScopyFrom = pIn1;
#endif
							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p2, pOut);
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
					** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
					** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
					** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
					** row.
					*/
					case OP_ResultRow:
						{
							//Mem[] pMem;
							int i;
							Debug.Assert(p.nResColumn == pOp.p2);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 > 0);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 + pOp.p2 <= p.nMem + 1);

							/* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do
							** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement
							** transaction. It needs to be rolled back.  */
							if (SQLITE_OK != (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)))
							{
								Debug.Assert((db.flags & SQLITE_CountRows) != 0);
								Debug.Assert(p.usesStmtJournal);
								break;
							}

							/* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then
							** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows
							** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
							** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
							**
							** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction
							** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to
							** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping.
							** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user
							** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This
							** may lead to overlapping statement transactions.
							**
							** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction.  Hence
							** the RELEASE call below can never fail.
							*/
							Debug.Assert(p.iStatement == 0 || (db.flags & SQLITE_CountRows) != 0);
							rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
							if (NEVER(rc != SQLITE_OK))
							{
								break;
							}

							/* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
							p.cacheCtr = (p.cacheCtr + 2) | 1;

							/* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
							** and have an assigned type.  The results are de-ephemeralized as
							** as side effect.
							*/
							//pMem = p.pResultSet = aMem[pOp.p1];
							p.pResultSet = new Mem[pOp.p2];
							for (i = 0; i < pOp.p2; i++)
							{
								p.pResultSet[i] = aMem[pOp.p1 + i];
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(p.pResultSet[i]));
								//Deephemeralize( p.pResultSet[i] );
								//Debug.Assert( ( p.pResultSet[i].flags & MEM_Ephem ) == 0
								//        || ( p.pResultSet[i].flags & ( MEM_Str | MEM_Blob ) ) == 0 );
								sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(p.pResultSet[i]); //sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem[i]);
								sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(p.pResultSet[i]);
								REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p1 + i, p.pResultSet[i]);
							}
							//      if ( db.mallocFailed != 0 ) goto no_mem;

							/* Return SQLITE_ROW
							*/
							p.pc = pc + 1;
							rc = SQLITE_ROW;
							goto vdbe_return;
						}

					/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
					** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
					** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
					**
					**   P3 = P2 || P1
					**
					** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
					** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
					** to avoid a memcpy().
					*/
					case OP_Concat:
						{           /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, ref3 */
							i64 nByte;

							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							pIn2 = aMem[pOp.p2];
							pOut = aMem[pOp.p3];
							Debug.Assert(pIn1 != pOut);
							if (((pIn1.flags | pIn2.flags) & MEM_Null) != 0)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
								break;
							}
							if (ExpandBlob(pIn1) != 0 || ExpandBlob(pIn2) != 0)
								goto no_mem;
							if (((pIn1.flags & (MEM_Str | MEM_Blob)) == 0) && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn1, encoding) != 0)
							{
								goto no_mem;
							}// Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
							if (((pIn2.flags & (MEM_Str | MEM_Blob)) == 0) && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn2, encoding) != 0)
							{
								goto no_mem;
							}// Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
							nByte = pIn1.n + pIn2.n;
							if (nByte > db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH])
							{
								goto too_big;
							}
							MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
							//if ( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow( pOut, (int)nByte + 2, ( pOut == pIn2 ) ? 1 : 0 ) != 0 )
							//{
							//  goto no_mem;
							//}
							//if ( pOut != pIn2 )
							//{
							//  memcpy( pOut.z, pIn2.z, pIn2.n );
							//}
							//memcpy( &pOut.z[pIn2.n], pIn1.z, pIn1.n );
							if (pIn2.z != null && pIn2.z.Length >= pIn2.n)
								if (pIn1.z != null)
									pOut.z = pIn2.z.Substring(0, pIn2.n) + (pIn1.n < pIn1.z.Length ? pIn1.z.Substring(0, pIn1.n) : pIn1.z);
								else
								{
									if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Blob) == 0) //String as Blob
									{
										StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder(pIn1.n);
										for (int i = 0; i < pIn1.n; i++)
											sb.Append((byte)pIn1.zBLOB[i]);
										pOut.z = pIn2.z.Substring(0, pIn2.n) + sb.ToString();
									}
									else // UTF-8 Blob
										pOut.z = pIn2.z.Substring(0, pIn2.n) + Encoding.UTF8.GetString(pIn1.zBLOB, 0, pIn1.zBLOB.Length);
								}
							else
							{
								pOut.zBLOB = sqlite3Malloc(pIn1.n + pIn2.n);
								Buffer.BlockCopy(pIn2.zBLOB, 0, pOut.zBLOB, 0, pIn2.n);
								if (pIn1.zBLOB != null)
									Buffer.BlockCopy(pIn1.zBLOB, 0, pOut.zBLOB, pIn2.n, pIn1.n);
								else
									for (int i = 0; i < pIn1.n; i++)
										pOut.zBLOB[pIn2.n + i] = (byte)pIn1.z[i];
							}              //pOut.z[nByte] = 0;
							//pOut.z[nByte + 1] = 0;
							pOut.flags |= MEM_Term;
							pOut.n = (int)nByte;
							pOut.enc = encoding;
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pOut );
#endif
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
					** and store the result in register P3.
					** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
					*/
					/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					**
					** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
					** and store the result in register P3.
					** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
					*/
					/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
					** and store the result in register P3.
					** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
					*/
					/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
					** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in 
					** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is 
					** NULL, the result is NULL.
					*/
					/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
					** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3.
					** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
					** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
					*/
					case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, ref3 */
					case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, ref3 */
					case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, ref3 */
					case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, ref3 */
					case OP_Remainder:
						{           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, ref3 */
							int flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
							i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
							i64 iB = 0;     /* Integer value of right operand */
							double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
							double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */

							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							applyNumericAffinity(pIn1);
							pIn2 = aMem[pOp.p2];
							applyNumericAffinity(pIn2);
							pOut = aMem[pOp.p3];
							flags = pIn1.flags | pIn2.flags;
							if ((flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
								goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
							bool fp_math;
							if (!(fp_math = !((pIn1.flags & pIn2.flags & MEM_Int) == MEM_Int)))
							{
								iA = pIn1.u.i;
								iB = pIn2.u.i;
								switch (pOp.opcode)
								{
									case OP_Add:
										{
											if (sqlite3AddInt64(ref iB, iA) != 0)
												fp_math = true; // goto fp_math
											break;
										}
									case OP_Subtract:
										{
											if (sqlite3SubInt64(ref iB, iA) != 0)
												fp_math = true; // goto fp_math
											break;
										}
									case OP_Multiply:
										{
											if (sqlite3MulInt64(ref iB, iA) != 0)
												fp_math = true; // goto fp_math
											break;
										}
									case OP_Divide:
										{
											if (iA == 0)
												goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
											if (iA == -1 && iB == SMALLEST_INT64)
											{
												fp_math = true; // goto fp_math
												break;
											}
											iB /= iA;
											break;
										}
									default:
										{
											if (iA == 0)
												goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
											if (iA == -1)
												iA = 1;
											iB %= iA;
											break;
										}
								}
							}
							if (!fp_math)
							{
								pOut.u.i = iB;
								MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
							}
							else
							{
								//fp_math:
								rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
								rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
								switch (pOp.opcode)
								{
									case OP_Add:
										rB += rA;
										break;
									case OP_Subtract:
										rB -= rA;
										break;
									case OP_Multiply:
										rB *= rA;
										break;
									case OP_Divide:
										{
											/* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
											if (rA == (double)0)
												goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
											rB /= rA;
											break;
										}
									default:
										{
											iA = (i64)rA;
											iB = (i64)rB;
											if (iA == 0)
												goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
											if (iA == -1)
												iA = 1;
											rB = (double)(iB % iA);
											break;
										}
								}
#if SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
pOut->u.i = rB;
MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
#else
								if (sqlite3IsNaN(rB))
								{
									goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
								}
								pOut.r = rB;
								MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
								if ((flags & MEM_Real) == 0)
								{
									sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
								}
#endif
							}
							break;

						arithmetic_result_is_null:
							sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P4
					**
					** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
					** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
					** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
					** functions.
					**
					** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
					** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
					** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
					*/
					case OP_CollSeq:
						{
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_COLLSEQ);
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
					** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
					** successors.  The result of the function is stored in register P3.
					** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
					**
					** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
					** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
					** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
					** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
					** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
					** invocation of this opcode.
					**
					** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
					*/
					case OP_Function:
						{
							int i;
							Mem pArg;
							sqlite3_context ctx = new sqlite3_context();
							sqlite3_value[] apVal;
							int n;

							n = pOp.p5;
							apVal = p.apArg;
							Debug.Assert(apVal != null || n == 0);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 > 0 && pOp.p3 <= p.nMem);
							pOut = aMem[pOp.p3];
							memAboutToChange(p, pOut);

							Debug.Assert(n == 0 || (pOp.p2 > 0 && pOp.p2 + n <= p.nMem + 1));
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 < pOp.p2 || pOp.p3 >= pOp.p2 + n);
							//pArg = aMem[pOp.p2];
							for (i = 0; i < n; i++)//, pArg++)
							{
								pArg = aMem[pOp.p2 + i];
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pArg));
								apVal[i] = pArg;
								Deephemeralize(pArg);
								sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pArg);
								REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p2 + i, pArg);
							}

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_FUNCDEF || pOp.p4type == P4_VDBEFUNC);
							if (pOp.p4type == P4_FUNCDEF)
							{
								ctx.pFunc = pOp.p4.pFunc;
								ctx.pVdbeFunc = null;
							}
							else
							{
								ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc)pOp.p4.pVdbeFunc;
								ctx.pFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc.pFunc;
							}

							ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
							ctx.s.db = db;
							ctx.s.xDel = null;
							//ctx.s.zMalloc = null;

							/* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
							** the pointer to ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
							** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
							*/
							sqlite3VdbeMemMove(ctx.s, pOut);
							MemSetTypeFlag(ctx.s, MEM_Null);

							ctx.isError = 0;
							if ((ctx.pFunc.flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) != 0)
							{
								Debug.Assert(pc > 1);//Debug.Assert(pOp > aOp);
								Debug.Assert(p.aOp[pc - 1].p4type == P4_COLLSEQ);//Debug.Assert(pOp[-1].p4type == P4_COLLSEQ);
								Debug.Assert(p.aOp[pc - 1].opcode == OP_CollSeq);//Debug.Assert(pOp[-1].opcode == OP_CollSeq);
								ctx.pColl = p.aOp[pc - 1].p4.pColl;//ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
							}
							db.lastRowid = lastRowid;
							ctx.pFunc.xFunc(ctx, n, apVal);///* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
							lastRowid = db.lastRowid;

							/* If any auxillary data functions have been called by this user function,
							** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
							*/
							if (ctx.pVdbeFunc != null)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp.p1);
								pOp.p4.pVdbeFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc;
								pOp.p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC;
							}

							//if ( db->mallocFailed )
							//{
							//  /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
							//  ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
							//  ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
							//  ** associated with such a value.
							//  */
							//  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease( &u.ag.ctx.s );
							//  goto no_mem;
							//}

							/* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
							if (ctx.isError != 0)
							{
								sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, sqlite3_value_text(ctx.s));
								rc = ctx.isError;
							}

							/* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
							sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(ctx.s, encoding);
							sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, ctx.s);
							if (sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut))
							{
								goto too_big;
							}
#if FALSE
  /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this
  ** statement to expire.  (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec()
  ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.)
  */
  if( p.expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
#endif

							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p3, pOut);
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pOut );
#endif
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
					** store the result in register P3.
					** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
					*/
					/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
					** store the result in register P3.
					** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
					*/
					/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
					** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
					** Store the result in register P3.
					** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
					*/
					/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
					** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
					** Store the result in register P3.
					** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
					*/
					case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, ref3 */
					case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, ref3 */
					case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, ref3 */
					case OP_ShiftRight:
						{           /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, ref3 */
							i64 iA;
							u64 uA;
							i64 iB;
							u8 op;

							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							pIn2 = aMem[pOp.p2];
							pOut = aMem[pOp.p3];
							if (((pIn1.flags | pIn2.flags) & MEM_Null) != 0)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
								break;
							}
							iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
							iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
							op = pOp.opcode;
							if (op == OP_BitAnd)
							{
								iA &= iB;
							}
							else if (op == OP_BitOr)
							{
								iA |= iB;
							}
							else if (iB != 0)
							{
								Debug.Assert(op == OP_ShiftRight || op == OP_ShiftLeft);

								/* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */
								if (iB < 0)
								{
									Debug.Assert(OP_ShiftRight == OP_ShiftLeft + 1);
									op = (u8)(2 * OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - op);
									iB = iB > (-64) ? -iB : 64;
								}

								if (iB >= 64)
								{
									iA = (iA >= 0 || op == OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1;
								}
								else
								{
									//uA = (ulong)(iA << 0); // memcpy( &uA, &iA, sizeof( uA ) );
									if (op == OP_ShiftLeft)
									{
										iA = iA << (int)iB;
									}
									else
									{
										iA = iA >> (int)iB;
										/* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */
										//if ( iA < 0 )
										//  uA |= ( ( (0xffffffff ) << (u8)32 ) | 0xffffffff ) << (u8)( 64 - iB );
									}
									//iA = (long)( uA << 0 ); //memcpy( &iA, &uA, sizeof( iA ) );
								}
							}
							pOut.u.i = iA;
							MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
					** The result is always an integer.
					**
					** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
					*/
					case OP_AddImm:
						{            /* in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
							sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
							pIn1.u.i += pOp.p2;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If the value
					** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
					** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
					** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
					*/
					case OP_MustBeInt:
						{            /* jump, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Int) == 0)
							{
								if (pOp.p2 == 0)
								{
									rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
									goto abort_due_to_error;
								}
								else
								{
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
								}
							}
							else
							{
								MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
							}
							break;
						}

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
					/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
**
** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
**
** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
** to have only a real value.
*/
					case OP_RealAffinity:
						{                  /* in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Int) != 0)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
							}
							break;
						}
#endif

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
					/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
** equivalent of printf().  Blob values are unchanged and
** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
					case OP_ToText:
						{                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
								break;
							Debug.Assert(MEM_Str == (MEM_Blob >> 3));
							pIn1.flags |= (u16)((pIn1.flags & MEM_Blob) >> 3);
							applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
							rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
							Debug.Assert((pIn1.flags & MEM_Str) != 0 /*|| db.mallocFailed != 0 */ );
							pIn1.flags = (u16)(pIn1.flags & ~(MEM_Int | MEM_Real | MEM_Blob | MEM_Zero));
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pIn1 );
#endif
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
					**
					** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
					** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
					** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
					** to the underlying data.
					**
					** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
					*/
					case OP_ToBlob:
						{                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
								break;
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Blob) == 0)
							{
								applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
								Debug.Assert((pIn1.flags & MEM_Str) != 0 /*|| db.mallocFailed != 0 */ );
								MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
							}
							else
							{
								pIn1.flags = (ushort)(pIn1.flags & ~(MEM_TypeMask & ~MEM_Blob));
							}
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pIn1 );
#endif
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
					**
					** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
					** integer or a floating-point number.)
					** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
					** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion
					** is possible.
					**
					** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
					*/
					case OP_ToNumeric:
						{                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
							break;
						}
#endif // * SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */

					/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If
** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
					case OP_ToInt:
						{                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Null) == 0)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
							}
							break;
						}

#if !(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
					/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
					case OP_ToReal:
						{                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Null) == 0)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
							}
							break;
						}
#endif //* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */

					/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
** jump to address P2.
**
** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump.  If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
**
** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
** back into the input registers P1 and P3.  So this opcode can cause
** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
**
** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
** used to determine the results of the comparison.  If both values
** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
** P4 is  used to do the comparison.  If P4 is not specified then
** memcmp() is used to compare text string.  If both values are
** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
**
** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump.  Instead,
** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
*/
					/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
					** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal.  See the Lt opcode for
					** additional information.
					**
					** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
					** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
					** of comparison is false.  If either operand is NULL then the result is true.
					** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
					** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
					*/
					/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
					** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
					** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
					**
					** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
					** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
					** of comparison is true.  If either operand is NULL then the result is false.
					** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
					** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
					*/
					/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
					** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
					** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
					*/
					/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
					** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
					** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
					*/
					/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
					** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
					** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
					*/
					case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
					case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
					case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
					case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
					case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
					case OP_Ge:
						{             /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
							int res = 0;        /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
							char affinity;      /* Affinity to use for comparison */
							u16 flags1;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
							u16 flags3;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							pIn3 = aMem[pOp.p3];
							flags1 = pIn1.flags;
							flags3 = pIn3.flags;
							if (((pIn1.flags | pIn3.flags) & MEM_Null) != 0)
							{
								/* One or both operands are NULL */
								if ((pOp.p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ) != 0)
								{
									/* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
									** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
									** or not both operands are null.
									*/
									Debug.Assert(pOp.opcode == OP_Eq || pOp.opcode == OP_Ne);
									res = (pIn1.flags & pIn3.flags & MEM_Null) == 0 ? 1 : 0;
								}
								else
								{
									/* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL,
									** then the result is always NULL.
									** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
									*/
									if ((pOp.p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2) != 0)
									{
										pOut = aMem[pOp.p2];
										MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
										REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p2, pOut);
									}
									else if ((pOp.p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL) != 0)
									{
										pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
									}
									break;
								}

							}
							else
							{
								/* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
								affinity = (char)(pOp.p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK);
								if (affinity != '\0')
								{
									applyAffinity(pIn1, affinity, encoding);
									applyAffinity(pIn3, affinity, encoding);
									//      if ( db.mallocFailed != 0 ) goto no_mem;
								}

								Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_COLLSEQ || pOp.p4.pColl == null);
								ExpandBlob(pIn1);
								ExpandBlob(pIn3);
								res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp.p4.pColl);
							}
							switch (pOp.opcode)
							{
								case OP_Eq:
									res = (res == 0) ? 1 : 0;
									break;
								case OP_Ne:
									res = (res != 0) ? 1 : 0;
									break;
								case OP_Lt:
									res = (res < 0) ? 1 : 0;
									break;
								case OP_Le:
									res = (res <= 0) ? 1 : 0;
									break;
								case OP_Gt:
									res = (res > 0) ? 1 : 0;
									break;
								default:
									res = (res >= 0) ? 1 : 0;
									break;
							}

							if ((pOp.p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2) != 0)
							{
								pOut = aMem[pOp.p2];
								memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
								MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
								pOut.u.i = res;
								REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p2, pOut);
							}
							else if (res != 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}

							/* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
							pIn1.flags = (u16)((pIn1.flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1 & MEM_TypeMask));
							pIn3.flags = (u16)((pIn3.flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags3 & MEM_TypeMask));
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
					**
					** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
					** of integers in P4.
					**
					** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Permutation, OP_Compare,
					** OP_Halt, or OP_ResultRow.  Typically the OP_Permutation should occur
					** immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
					*/
					case OP_Permutation:
						{
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_INTARRAY);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4.ai != null);
							aPermute = pOp.p4.ai;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
					** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B").  Save the result of
					** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
					**
					** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
					** orders for the comparison.  The permutation applies to registers
					** only.  The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
					**
					** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
					** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
					** and strings are less than blobs.
					*/
					case OP_Compare:
						{
							int n;
							int i;
							int p1;
							int p2;
							KeyInfo pKeyInfo;
							int idx;
							CollSeq pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
							int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */

							n = pOp.p3;
							pKeyInfo = pOp.p4.pKeyInfo;
							Debug.Assert(n > 0);
							Debug.Assert(pKeyInfo != null);
							p1 = pOp.p1;
							p2 = pOp.p2;
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
			  if ( aPermute != null )
			  {
				int k, mx = 0;
				for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
				  if ( aPermute[k] > mx )
					mx = aPermute[k];
				Debug.Assert( p1 > 0 && p1 + mx <= p.nMem + 1 );
				Debug.Assert( p2 > 0 && p2 + mx <= p.nMem + 1 );
			  }
			  else
			  {
				Debug.Assert( p1 > 0 && p1 + n <= p.nMem + 1 );
				Debug.Assert( p2 > 0 && p2 + n <= p.nMem + 1 );
			  }
#endif //* SQLITE_DEBUG */
							for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
							{
								idx = aPermute != null ? aPermute[i] : i;
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(aMem[p1 + idx]));
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(aMem[p2 + idx]));
								REGISTER_TRACE(p, p1 + idx, aMem[p1 + idx]);
								REGISTER_TRACE(p, p2 + idx, aMem[p2 + idx]);
								Debug.Assert(i < pKeyInfo.nField);
								pColl = pKeyInfo.aColl[i];
								bRev = pKeyInfo.aSortOrder[i];
								iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(aMem[p1 + idx], aMem[p2 + idx], pColl);
								if (iCompare != 0)
								{
									if (bRev != 0)
										iCompare = -iCompare;
									break;
								}
							}
							aPermute = null;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
					** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
					** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
					*/
					case OP_Jump:
						{             /* jump */
							if (iCompare < 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p1 - 1;
							}
							else if (iCompare == 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							else
							{
								pc = pOp.p3 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}
					/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
					** write the result into register P3.
					**
					** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
					** the other input is NULL.  A NULL and true or two NULLs give
					** a NULL output.
					*/
					/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
					** store the answer in register P3.
					**
					** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
					** even if the other input is NULL.  A NULL and false or two NULLs
					** give a NULL output.
					*/
					case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, ref3 */
					case OP_Or:
						{             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, ref3 */
							int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
							int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */

							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
							{
								v1 = 2;
							}
							else
							{
								v1 = (sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1) != 0) ? 1 : 0;
							}
							pIn2 = aMem[pOp.p2];
							if ((pIn2.flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
							{
								v2 = 2;
							}
							else
							{
								v2 = (sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2) != 0) ? 1 : 0;
							}
							if (pOp.opcode == OP_And)
							{
								byte[] and_logic = new byte[] { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
								v1 = and_logic[v1 * 3 + v2];
							}
							else
							{
								byte[] or_logic = new byte[] { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
								v1 = or_logic[v1 * 3 + v2];
							}
							pOut = aMem[pOp.p3];
							if (v1 == 2)
							{
								MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
							}
							else
							{
								pOut.u.i = v1;
								MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
					** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is
					** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
					*/
					case OP_Not:
						{                /* same as TK_NOT, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							pOut = aMem[pOp.p2];
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
							}
							else
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1) == 0 ? 1 : 0);
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Store the
					** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2.  If P1 holds
					** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
					*/
					case OP_BitNot:
						{             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							pOut = aMem[pOp.p2];
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
							}
							else
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value
					** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
					** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
					*/
					/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value
					** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
					** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
					*/
					case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
					case OP_IfNot:
						{            /* jump, in1 */
							int c;
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
							{
								c = pOp.p3;
							}
							else
							{
#if SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
#else
								c = (sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1) != 0.0) ? 1 : 0;
#endif
								if (pOp.opcode == OP_IfNot)
									c = (c == 0) ? 1 : 0;
							}
							if (c != 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
					*/
					case OP_IsNull:
						{            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.
					*/
					case OP_NotNull:
						{            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_Null) == 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
					** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
					** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
					** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1)
					** values in the record, extract a NULL.
					**
					** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
					**
					** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
					** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
					** the result.
					**
					** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
					** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
					** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
					** register has changed should have this bit set.
					*/
					case OP_Column:
						{
							u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
							i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
							int p1;            /* P1 value of the opcode */
							int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
							VdbeCursor pC;     /* The VDBE cursor */
							byte[] zRec;       /* Pointer to complete record-data */
							BtCursor pCrsr;    /* The BTree cursor */
							u32[] aType;       /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
							u32[] aOffset;     /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
							int nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
							int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
							int i;             /* Loop counter */
							byte[] zData = null;/* Part of the record being decoded */
							Mem pDest;         /* Where to write the extracted value */
							Mem sMem = null;   /* For storing the record being decoded */
							int zIdx;          /* Index into header */
							int zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
							u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
							u32 szField = 0;   /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
							int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
							int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
							Mem pReg;          /* PseudoTable input register */

							p1 = pOp.p1;
							p2 = pOp.p2;
							pC = null;

							payloadSize = 0;
							payloadSize64 = 0;
							offset = 0;

							sMem = sqlite3Malloc(sMem);
							//  memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
							Debug.Assert(p1 < p.nCursor);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 > 0 && pOp.p3 <= p.nMem);
							pDest = aMem[pOp.p3];
							memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
							MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
							zRec = null;

							/* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
							** bytes in the record.
							**
							** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
							** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
							** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
							** might be available in the  pC.aRow cache.  Or it might not be.
							** If the data is unavailable,  zRec is set to NULL.
							**
							** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
							** the number of columns is stored in the VdbeCursor.nField element.
							*/
							pC = p.apCsr[p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
							Debug.Assert(pC.pVtabCursor == null);
#endif
							pCrsr = pC.pCursor;
							if (pCrsr != null)
							{
								/* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
								rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
								if (rc != 0)
									goto abort_due_to_error;
								if (pC.nullRow)
								{
									payloadSize = 0;
								}
								else if ((pC.cacheStatus == p.cacheCtr) && (pC.aRow != -1))
								{
									payloadSize = pC.payloadSize;
									zRec = sqlite3Malloc((int)payloadSize);
									Buffer.BlockCopy(pCrsr.info.pCell, pC.aRow, zRec, 0, (int)payloadSize);
								}
								else if (pC.isIndex)
								{
									Debug.Assert(sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr));
									rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, ref payloadSize64);
									Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_OK);   /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
									/* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the
									** payload size, so it is impossible for payloadSize64 to be
									** larger than 32 bits. */
									Debug.Assert(((u64)payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32) == (u64)payloadSize64);
									payloadSize = (u32)payloadSize64;
								}
								else
								{
									Debug.Assert(sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr));
									rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, ref payloadSize);
									Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_OK);   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
								}
							}
							else if (pC.pseudoTableReg > 0)
							{
								/* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */
								pReg = aMem[pC.pseudoTableReg];
								Debug.Assert((pReg.flags & MEM_Blob) != 0);
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pReg));
								payloadSize = (u32)pReg.n;
								zRec = pReg.zBLOB;
								pC.cacheStatus = (pOp.p5 & OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) != 0 ? CACHE_STALE : p.cacheCtr;
								Debug.Assert(payloadSize == 0 || zRec != null);
							}
							else
							{
								/* Consider the row to be NULL */
								payloadSize = 0;
							}

							/* If payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */
							if (payloadSize == 0)
							{
								Debug.Assert((pDest.flags & MEM_Null) != 0);
								goto op_column_out;
							}
							Debug.Assert(db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] >= 0);
							if (payloadSize > (u32)db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH])
							{
								goto too_big;
							}

							nField = pC.nField;
							Debug.Assert(p2 < nField);

							/* Read and parse the table header.  Store the results of the parse
							** into the record header cache fields of the cursor.
							*/
							aType = pC.aType;
							if (pC.cacheStatus == p.cacheCtr)
							{
								aOffset = pC.aOffset;
							}
							else
							{
								Debug.Assert(aType != null);
								avail = 0;
								//pC.aOffset = aOffset = aType[nField];
								aOffset = new u32[nField];
								pC.aOffset = aOffset;
								pC.payloadSize = payloadSize;
								pC.cacheStatus = p.cacheCtr;

								/* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
								if (zRec != null)
								{
									zData = zRec;
								}
								else
								{
									if (pC.isIndex)
									{
										zData = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, ref avail, ref pC.aRow);
									}
									else
									{
										zData = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, ref avail, ref pC.aRow);
									}
									/* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
									** save the payload in the pC.aRow cache.  That will save us from
									** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
									** the record.
									*/
									Debug.Assert(avail >= 0);
									if (payloadSize <= (u32)avail)
									{
										zRec = zData;
										//pC.aRow = zData;
									}
									else
									{
										pC.aRow = -1; //pC.aRow = null;
									}
								}
								/* The following Debug.Assert is true in all cases accept when
								** the database file has been corrupted externally.
								**    Debug.Assert( zRec!=0 || avail>=payloadSize || avail>=9 ); */
								szHdr = getVarint32(zData, out offset);

								/* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header.
								** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation.
								**
								** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each.  But 4 and 5 byte
								** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of
								** them, respectively.  So the maximum header length results from a
								** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three
								** extra bytes for the header length itself.  32768*3 + 3 = 98307.
								*/
								if (offset > 98307)
								{
									rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT();
									goto op_column_out;
								}

								/* Compute in len the number of bytes of data we need to read in order
								** to get nField type values.  offset is an upper bound on this.  But
								** nField might be significantly less than the true number of columns
								** in the table, and in that case, 5*nField+3 might be smaller than offset.
								** We want to minimize len in order to limit the size of the memory
								** allocation, especially if a corrupt database file has caused offset
								** to be oversized. Offset is limited to 98307 above.  But 98307 might
								** still exceed Robson memory allocation limits on some configurations.
								** On systems that cannot tolerate large memory allocations, nField*5+3
								** will likely be much smaller since nField will likely be less than
								** 20 or so.  This insures that Robson memory allocation limits are
								** not exceeded even for corrupt database files.
								*/
								len = nField * 5 + 3;
								if (len > (int)offset)
									len = (int)offset;

								/* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
								** record header in most cases.  But they will fail to get the complete
								** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
								** in the B-Tree.  When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
								** acquire the complete header text.
								*/
								if (zRec == null && avail < len)
								{
									sMem.db = null;
									sMem.flags = 0;
									rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, len, pC.isIndex, sMem);
									if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
									{
										goto op_column_out;
									}
									zData = sMem.zBLOB;
								}
								zEndHdr = len;// zData[len];
								zIdx = szHdr;// zData[szHdr];

								/* Scan the header and use it to fill in the aType[] and aOffset[]
								** arrays.  aType[i] will contain the type integer for the i-th
								** column and aOffset[i] will contain the offset from the beginning
								** of the record to the start of the data for the i-th column
								*/
								for (i = 0; i < nField; i++)
								{
									if (zIdx < zEndHdr)
									{
										aOffset[i] = offset;
										zIdx += getVarint32(zData, zIdx, out aType[i]);//getVarint32(zIdx, aType[i]);
										szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[i]);
										offset += szField;
										if (offset < szField)
										{  /* True if offset overflows */
											zIdx = int.MaxValue;  /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
											break;
										}
									}
									else
									{
										/* If i is less that nField, then there are less fields in this
										** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
										** table. Set the offset for any extra columns not present in
										** the record to 0. This tells code below to store a NULL
										** instead of deserializing a value from the record.
										*/
										aOffset[i] = 0;
									}
								}
								sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(sMem);
								sMem.flags = MEM_Null;

								/* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header,
								** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the
								** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end
								** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing
								** with a corrupt database.
								*/
								if ((zIdx > zEndHdr) || (offset > payloadSize)
								|| (zIdx == zEndHdr && offset != payloadSize))
								{
									rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT();
									goto op_column_out;
								}
							}

							/* Get the column information. If aOffset[p2] is non-zero, then
							** deserialize the value from the record. If aOffset[p2] is zero,
							** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
							** request.  In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is
							** a pointer to a Mem object.
							*/
							if (aOffset[p2] != 0)
							{
								Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_OK);
								if (zRec != null)
								{
									sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pDest);
									sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zRec, (int)aOffset[p2], aType[p2], pDest);
								}
								else
								{
									len = (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[p2]);
									sqlite3VdbeMemMove(sMem, pDest);
									rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, (int)aOffset[p2], len, pC.isIndex, sMem);
									if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
									{
										goto op_column_out;
									}
									zData = sMem.zBLOB;
									sMem.zBLOB = null;
									sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, aType[p2], pDest);
								}
								pDest.enc = encoding;
							}
							else
							{
								if (pOp.p4type == P4_MEM)
								{
									sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp.p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
								}
								else
								{
									Debug.Assert((pDest.flags & MEM_Null) != 0);
								}
							}

							/* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
							** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
							** dynamically allocated space over to the pDest structure.
							** This prevents a memory copy.
							*/
							//if ( sMem.zMalloc != null )
							//{
							//  Debug.Assert( sMem.z == sMem.zMalloc);
							//  Debug.Assert( sMem.xDel == null );
							//  Debug.Assert( ( pDest.flags & MEM_Dyn ) == 0 );
							//  Debug.Assert( ( pDest.flags & ( MEM_Blob | MEM_Str ) ) == 0 || pDest.z == sMem.z );
							//  pDest.flags &= ~( MEM_Ephem | MEM_Static );
							//  pDest.flags |= MEM_Term;
							//  pDest.z = sMem.z;
							//  pDest.zMalloc = sMem.zMalloc;
							//}

							rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pDest);

						op_column_out:
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pDest );
#endif
							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p3, pDest);
							if (zData != null && zData != zRec)
								sqlite3_free(ref zData);
							//sqlite3_free( ref zRec );
							sqlite3_free(ref sMem);
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
					**
					** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
					**
					** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
					** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
					** memory cell in the range.
					*/
					case OP_Affinity:
						{
							string zAffinity;        /* The affinity to be applied */
							char cAff;               /* A single character of affinity */

							zAffinity = pOp.p4.z;
							Debug.Assert(!String.IsNullOrEmpty(zAffinity));
							Debug.Assert(zAffinity.Length <= pOp.p2);//zAffinity[pOp.p2] == 0
							//pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							for (int zI = 0; zI < zAffinity.Length; zI++)// while( (cAff = *(zAffinity++))!=0 ){
							{
								cAff = zAffinity[zI];
								pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1 + zI];
								//Debug.Assert( pIn1 <= p->aMem[p->nMem] );
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pIn1));
								ExpandBlob(pIn1);
								applyAffinity(pIn1, cAff, encoding);
								//pIn1++;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format]
					** use as a data record in a database table or as a key
					** in an index.  The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
					**
					** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long.  The nth character of the
					** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
					** field of the index key.
					**
					** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
					** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
					**
					** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
					*/
					case OP_MakeRecord:
						{
							byte[] zNewRecord;     /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
							Mem pRec;              /* The new record */
							u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
							int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
							i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
							int nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
							int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
							u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
							//Mem pData0;            /* First field to be combined into the record */
							//Mem pLast;             /* Last field of the record */
							int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
							string zAffinity;      /* The affinity string for the record */
							int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
							int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
							int len;               /* Length of a field */
							/* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
							** like this:
							**
							** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
							** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
							** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
							**
							** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
							** and so froth.
							**
							** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
							** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
							** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
							** of the record to data0.
							*/

							nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
							nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
							nZero = 0;         /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
							nField = pOp.p1;
							zAffinity = (pOp.p4.z == null || pOp.p4.z.Length == 0) ? "" : pOp.p4.z;
							Debug.Assert(nField > 0 && pOp.p2 > 0 && pOp.p2 + nField <= p.nMem + 1);
							//pData0 = aMem[nField];
							nField = pOp.p2;
							//pLast =  pData0[nField - 1];
							file_format = p.minWriteFileFormat;

							/* Identify the output register */
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 < pOp.p1 || pOp.p3 >= pOp.p1 + pOp.p2);
							pOut = aMem[pOp.p3];
							memAboutToChange(p, pOut);

							/* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
							** out how much space is required for the new record.
							*/
							//for (pRec = pData0; pRec <= pLast; pRec++)
							for (int pD0 = 0; pD0 < nField; pD0++)
							{
								pRec = p.aMem[pOp.p1 + pD0];
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pRec));
								if (pD0 < zAffinity.Length && zAffinity[pD0] != '\0')
								{
									applyAffinity(pRec, (char)zAffinity[pD0], encoding);
								}
								if ((pRec.flags & MEM_Zero) != 0 && pRec.n > 0)
								{
									sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec);
								}
								serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
								len = (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
								nData += (u64)len;
								nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
								if ((pRec.flags & MEM_Zero) != 0)
								{
									/* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode.
									** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */
									nZero += pRec.u.nZero;
								}
								else if (len != 0)
								{
									nZero = 0;
								}
							}

							/* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
							nHdr += nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen((u64)nHdr);
							if (nVarint < sqlite3VarintLen((u64)nHdr))
							{
								nHdr++;
							}
							nByte = (i64)((u64)nHdr + nData - (u64)nZero);
							if (nByte > db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH])
							{
								goto too_big;
							}

							/* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
							** the new record. The output register (pOp.p3) is not allowed to
							** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
							** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
							*/
							//if ( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow( pOut, (int)nByte, 0 ) != 0 )
							//{
							//  goto no_mem;
							//}
							zNewRecord = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte);// (u8 )pOut.z;

							/* Write the record */
							i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
							for (int pD0 = 0; pD0 < nField; pD0++)//for (pRec = pData0; pRec <= pLast; pRec++)
							{
								pRec = p.aMem[pOp.p1 + pD0];
								serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
								i += putVarint32(zNewRecord, i, (int)serial_type);      /* serial type */
							}
							for (int pD0 = 0; pD0 < nField; pD0++)//for (pRec = pData0; pRec <= pLast; pRec++)
							{  /* serial data */
								pRec = p.aMem[pOp.p1 + pD0];
								i += (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(zNewRecord, i, (int)nByte - i, pRec, file_format);
							}
							//TODO -- Remove this  for testing Debug.Assert( i == nByte );

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 > 0 && pOp.p3 <= p.nMem);
							pOut.zBLOB = zNewRecord;
							pOut.z = null;
							pOut.n = (int)nByte;
							pOut.flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
							pOut.xDel = null;
							if (nZero != 0)
							{
								pOut.u.nZero = nZero;
								pOut.flags |= MEM_Zero;
							}
							pOut.enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p3, pOut);
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pOut );
#endif
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index
					** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
					*/
#if !SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
					case OP_Count:
						{         /* out2-prerelease */
							i64 nEntry = 0;
							BtCursor pCrsr;
							pCrsr = p.apCsr[pOp.p1].pCursor;
							if (pCrsr != null)
							{
								rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, ref nEntry);
							}
							else
							{
								nEntry = 0;
							}
							pOut.u.i = nEntry;
							break;
						}
#endif

					/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
**
** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
*/
					case OP_Savepoint:
						{
							int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
							string zName;                   /* Name of savepoint */
							int nName;
							Savepoint pNew;
							Savepoint pSavepoint;
							Savepoint pTmp;
							int iSavepoint;
							int ii;

							p1 = pOp.p1;
							zName = pOp.p4.z;

							/* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
							** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
							*/
							Debug.Assert(db.pSavepoint == null || db.autoCommit == 0);
							Debug.Assert(p1 == SAVEPOINT_BEGIN || p1 == SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || p1 == SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK);
							Debug.Assert(db.pSavepoint != null || db.isTransactionSavepoint == 0);
							Debug.Assert(checkSavepointCount(db) != 0);

							if (p1 == SAVEPOINT_BEGIN)
							{
								if (db.writeVdbeCnt > 0)
								{
									/* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
									** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
									*/
									sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - ",
									"SQL statements in progress");
									rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
								}
								else
								{
									nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
									/* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction
	  ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks.
	  ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed
	  ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty.  */
									Debug.Assert(db.autoCommit == 0 || db.nVTrans == 0);
									rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN,
															  db.nStatement + db.nSavepoint);
									if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
										goto abort_due_to_error;
#endif

									/* Create a new savepoint structure. */
									pNew = new Savepoint();// sqlite3DbMallocRaw( db, sizeof( Savepoint ) + nName + 1 );
									if (pNew != null)
									{
										//pNew.zName = (char )&pNew[1];
										//memcpy(pNew.zName, zName, nName+1);
										pNew.zName = zName;

										/* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
										** "transaction savepoint". */
										if (db.autoCommit != 0)
										{
											db.autoCommit = 0;
											db.isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
										}
										else
										{
											db.nSavepoint++;
										}

										/* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
										pNew.pNext = db.pSavepoint;
										db.pSavepoint = pNew;
										pNew.nDeferredCons = db.nDeferredCons;
									}
								}
							}
							else
							{
								iSavepoint = 0;

								/* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
								** an error is returned to the user.  */
								for (
								pSavepoint = db.pSavepoint;
								pSavepoint != null && !pSavepoint.zName.Equals(zName, StringComparison.InvariantCultureIgnoreCase);
								pSavepoint = pSavepoint.pNext
								)
								{
									iSavepoint++;
								}
								if (null == pSavepoint)
								{
									sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", zName);
									rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
								}
								else if (
								db.writeVdbeCnt > 0 || (p1 == SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && db.activeVdbeCnt > 1)
								)
								{
									/* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
									** active write statements. It is not possible to rollback a savepoint
									** if there are any active statements at all.
									*/
									sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db,
									"cannot %s savepoint - SQL statements in progress",
									(p1 == SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ? "rollback" : "release")
									);
									rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
								}
								else
								{

									/* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
									** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
									** is committed.
									*/
									int isTransaction = (pSavepoint.pNext == null && db.isTransactionSavepoint != 0) ? 1 : 0;
									if (isTransaction != 0 && p1 == SAVEPOINT_RELEASE)
									{
										if ((rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1)) != SQLITE_OK)
										{
											goto vdbe_return;
										}
										db.autoCommit = 1;
										if (sqlite3VdbeHalt(p) == SQLITE_BUSY)
										{
											p.pc = pc;
											db.autoCommit = 0;
											p.rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
											goto vdbe_return;
										}
										db.isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
										rc = p.rc;
									}
									else
									{
										iSavepoint = db.nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1;
										for (ii = 0; ii < db.nDb; ii++)
										{
											rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db.aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint);
											if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
											{
												goto abort_due_to_error;
											}
										}
										if (p1 == SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db.flags & SQLITE_InternChanges) != 0)
										{
											sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
											sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
											db.flags = (db.flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
										}
									}

									/* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
									** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
									while (db.pSavepoint != pSavepoint)
									{
										pTmp = db.pSavepoint;
										db.pSavepoint = pTmp.pNext;
										sqlite3DbFree(db, ref pTmp);
										db.nSavepoint--;
									}

									/* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on 
									** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred 
									** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
									** when the savepoint was created.  */
									if (p1 == SAVEPOINT_RELEASE)
									{
										Debug.Assert(pSavepoint == db.pSavepoint);
										db.pSavepoint = pSavepoint.pNext;
										sqlite3DbFree(db, ref pSavepoint);
										if (0 == isTransaction)
										{
											db.nSavepoint--;
										}
									}
									else
									{
										db.nDeferredCons = pSavepoint.nDeferredCons;
									}

									if (0 == isTransaction)
									{
										rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, p1, iSavepoint);
										if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
											goto abort_due_to_error;
									}

								}
							}

							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
					** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
					** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
					**
					** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
					*/
					case OP_AutoCommit:
						{
							int desiredAutoCommit;
							int iRollback;
							int turnOnAC;

							desiredAutoCommit = (u8)pOp.p1;
							iRollback = pOp.p2;
							turnOnAC = (desiredAutoCommit != 0 && 0 == db.autoCommit) ? 1 : 0;

							Debug.Assert(desiredAutoCommit != 0 || 0 == desiredAutoCommit);
							Debug.Assert(desiredAutoCommit != 0 || 0 == iRollback);

							Debug.Assert(db.activeVdbeCnt > 0);  /* At least this one VM is active */

							if (turnOnAC != 0 && iRollback != 0 && db.activeVdbeCnt > 1)
							{
								/* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are
								** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
								** that the other VMs must complete first.
								*/
								sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - " +
								"SQL statements in progress");
								rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
							}
							else if (turnOnAC != 0 && 0 == iRollback && db.writeVdbeCnt > 0)
							{
								/* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
								** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
								*/
								sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - " +
								"SQL statements in progress");
								rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
							}
							else if (desiredAutoCommit != db.autoCommit)
							{
								if (iRollback != 0)
								{
									Debug.Assert(desiredAutoCommit != 0);
									sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
									db.autoCommit = 1;
								}
								else if ((rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1)) != SQLITE_OK)
								{
									goto vdbe_return;
								}
								else
								{
									db.autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit;
									if (sqlite3VdbeHalt(p) == SQLITE_BUSY)
									{
										p.pc = pc;
										db.autoCommit = (u8)(desiredAutoCommit == 0 ? 1 : 0);
										p.rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
										goto vdbe_return;
									}
								}
								Debug.Assert(db.nStatement == 0);
								sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
								if (p.rc == SQLITE_OK)
								{
									rc = SQLITE_DONE;
								}
								else
								{
									rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
								}
								goto vdbe_return;
							}
							else
							{
								sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db,
								(0 == desiredAutoCommit) ? "cannot start a transaction within a transaction" : (
								(iRollback != 0) ? "cannot rollback - no transaction is active" :
								"cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
								rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Begin a transaction.  The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
					** opcode is encountered.  Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
					** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
					**
					** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
					** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
					** file used for temporary tables.  Indices of 2 or more are used for
					** attached databases.
					**
					** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
					** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
					** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
					** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
					** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
					** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
					** on the file.
					**
					** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is
					** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may
					** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened.
					** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database
					** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other
					** active statements. A statement transaction allows the affects of this
					** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
					** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction
					** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts.
					**
					** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
					*/
					case OP_Transaction:
						{
							Btree pBt;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < db.nDb);
							Debug.Assert((p.btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1) << pOp.p1)) != 0);
							pBt = db.aDb[pOp.p1].pBt;

							if (pBt != null)
							{
								rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp.p2);
								if (rc == SQLITE_BUSY)
								{
									p.pc = pc;
									p.rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
									goto vdbe_return;
								}
								if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
								{
									goto abort_due_to_error;
								}
								if (pOp.p2 != 0 && p.usesStmtJournal
								&& (db.autoCommit == 0 || db.activeVdbeCnt > 1)
								)
								{
									Debug.Assert(sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt));
									if (p.iStatement == 0)
									{
										Debug.Assert(db.nStatement >= 0 && db.nSavepoint >= 0);
										db.nStatement++;
										p.iStatement = db.nSavepoint + db.nStatement;
									}
									rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p.iStatement - 1);
									if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
									{
										rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt, p.iStatement);
									}
									/* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint
									** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back,
									** the value of this counter needs to be restored too.  */
									p.nStmtDefCons = db.nDeferredCons;
								}
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
					** P3==1 is the schema version.  P3==2 is the database format.
					** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
					** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
					** temporary tables.
					**
					** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
					** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
					** executing this instruction.
					*/
					case OP_ReadCookie:
						{               /* out2-prerelease */
							u32 iMeta;
							int iDb;
							int iCookie;

							iMeta = 0;
							iDb = pOp.p1;
							iCookie = pOp.p3;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 < SQLITE_N_BTREE_META);
							Debug.Assert(iDb >= 0 && iDb < db.nDb);
							Debug.Assert(db.aDb[iDb].pBt != null);
							Debug.Assert((p.btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1) << iDb)) != 0);
							sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db.aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, ref iMeta);
							pOut.u.i = (int)iMeta;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
					** into cookie number P2 of database P1.  P2==1 is the schema version.
					** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache
					** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the
					** database file used to store temporary tables.
					**
					** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
					*/
					case OP_SetCookie:
						{       /* in3 */
							Db pDb;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p2 < SQLITE_N_BTREE_META);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < db.nDb);
							Debug.Assert((p.btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1) << pOp.p1)) != 0);
							pDb = db.aDb[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pDb.pBt != null);
							Debug.Assert(sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp.p1, null));
							pIn3 = aMem[pOp.p3];
							sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
							/* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
							rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb.pBt, pOp.p2, (u32)pIn3.u.i);
							if (pOp.p2 == BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION)
							{
								/* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
								pDb.pSchema.schema_cookie = (int)pIn3.u.i;
								db.flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
							}
							else if (pOp.p2 == BTREE_FILE_FORMAT)
							{
								/* Record changes in the file format */
								pDb.pSchema.file_format = (u8)pIn3.u.i;
							}
							if (pOp.p1 == 1)
							{
								/* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
								** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
								sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
								p.expired = false;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
					** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2 and that the
					** generation counter on the local schema parse equals P3.
					**
					** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
					** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
					** for auxiliary databases.
					**
					** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
					** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
					** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
					**
					** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
					** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
					** invoked.
					*/
					case OP_VerifyCookie:
						{
							u32 iMeta = 0;
							u32 iGen;
							Btree pBt;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < db.nDb);
							Debug.Assert((p.btreeMask & ((yDbMask)1 << pOp.p1)) != 0);
							Debug.Assert(sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp.p1, null));
							pBt = db.aDb[pOp.p1].pBt;
							if (pBt != null)
							{
								sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, ref iMeta);
								iGen = db.aDb[pOp.p1].pSchema.iGeneration;
							}
							else
							{
								iGen = iMeta = 0;
							}
							if (iMeta != pOp.p2 || iGen != pOp.p3)
							{
								sqlite3DbFree(db, ref p.zErrMsg);
								p.zErrMsg = "database schema has changed";// sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
								/* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
								** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
								** not reload the schema from the database file.
								**
								** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
								** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
								** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
								** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
								** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
								** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
								** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
								** a v-table method.
								*/
								if (db.aDb[pOp.p1].pSchema.schema_cookie != iMeta)
								{
									sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp.p1);
								}

								p.expired = true;
								rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
					** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by P3.
					** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for
					** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
					** database.  Give the new cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1
					** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
					** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
					**
					** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
					** the value of P2 itself.
					**
					** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
					** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
					** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
					** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
					** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
					** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
					** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
					** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
					**
					** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
					** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
					** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating
					** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
					** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
					**
					** See also OpenWrite.
					*/
					/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
					** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
					** root page.
					**
					** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
					** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
					** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating
					** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
					** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the
					** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used.
					**
					** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
					** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
					** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
					**
					** See also OpenRead.
					*/
					case OP_OpenRead:
					case OP_OpenWrite:
						{
							int nField;
							KeyInfo pKeyInfo;
							int p2;
							int iDb;
							int wrFlag;
							Btree pX;
							VdbeCursor pCur;
							Db pDb;

							if (p.expired)
							{
								rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
								break;
							}

							nField = 0;
							pKeyInfo = null;
							p2 = pOp.p2;
							iDb = pOp.p3;
							Debug.Assert(iDb >= 0 && iDb < db.nDb);
							Debug.Assert((p.btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1) << iDb)) != 0);
							pDb = db.aDb[iDb];
							pX = pDb.pBt;
							Debug.Assert(pX != null);
							if (pOp.opcode == OP_OpenWrite)
							{
								wrFlag = 1;
								Debug.Assert(sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, null));
								if (pDb.pSchema.file_format < p.minWriteFileFormat)
								{
									p.minWriteFileFormat = pDb.pSchema.file_format;
								}
							}
							else
							{
								wrFlag = 0;
							}
							if (pOp.p5 != 0)
							{
								Debug.Assert(p2 > 0);
								Debug.Assert(p2 <= p.nMem);
								pIn2 = aMem[p2];
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pIn2));
								Debug.Assert((pIn2.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);
								sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
								p2 = (int)pIn2.u.i;
								/* The p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
								** that opcode will always set the p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
								** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
								** before reaching this instruction. */
								if (NEVER(p2 < 2))
								{
									rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT();
									goto abort_due_to_error;
								}
							}
							if (pOp.p4type == P4_KEYINFO)
							{
								pKeyInfo = pOp.p4.pKeyInfo;
								pKeyInfo.enc = ENC(p.db);
								nField = pKeyInfo.nField + 1;
							}
							else if (pOp.p4type == P4_INT32)
							{
								nField = pOp.p4.i;
							}
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0);
							pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp.p1, nField, iDb, 1);
							if (pCur == null)
								goto no_mem;
							pCur.nullRow = true;
							pCur.isOrdered = true;
							rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur.pCursor);
							pCur.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
							/* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only values that
							** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return are SQLITE_EMPTY and SQLITE_OK. 
							** SQLITE_EMPTY is only returned when attempting to open the table
							** rooted at page 1 of a zero-byte database.  */
							Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_EMPTY || rc == SQLITE_OK);
							if (rc == SQLITE_EMPTY)
							{
								sqlite3MemFreeBtCursor(ref pCur.pCursor);
								rc = SQLITE_OK;
							}
							/* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of
							** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
							** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
							** since moved into the btree layer.  */
							pCur.isTable = pOp.p4type != P4_KEYINFO;
							pCur.isIndex = !pCur.isTable;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 *
					**
					** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
					** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
					** the main database is read-only.  The ephemeral
					** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
					**
					** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
					** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
					** if P4 is not 0.  If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
					** that defines the format of keys in the index.
					**
					** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
					** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
					** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
					** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
					** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
					*/
					/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
					**
					** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral.  It has a
					** different name to distinguish its use.  Tables created using
					** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
					** indices in joins.
					*/
					case OP_OpenAutoindex:
					case OP_OpenEphemeral:
						{
							VdbeCursor pCx;
							const int vfsFlags =
							SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
							SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
							SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
							SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
							SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0);
							pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp.p1, pOp.p2, -1, 1);
							if (pCx == null)
								goto no_mem;
							pCx.nullRow = true;
							rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db.pVfs, null, db, ref pCx.pBt,
												BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp.p5, vfsFlags);
							if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
							{
								rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx.pBt, 1);
							}
							if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
							{
								/* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
								** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
								** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
								** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
								*/
								if (pOp.p4.pKeyInfo != null)
								{
									int pgno = 0;
									Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_KEYINFO);
									rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx.pBt, ref pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY);
									if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
									{
										Debug.Assert(pgno == MASTER_ROOT + 1);
										rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx.pBt, pgno, 1,
										pOp.p4.pKeyInfo, pCx.pCursor);
										pCx.pKeyInfo = pOp.p4.pKeyInfo;
										pCx.pKeyInfo.enc = ENC(p.db);
									}
									pCx.isTable = false;
								}
								else
								{
									rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx.pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, null, pCx.pCursor);
									pCx.isTable = true;
								}
							}
							pCx.isOrdered = (pOp.p5 != BTREE_UNORDERED);
							pCx.isIndex = !pCx.isTable;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
					** row of data.  The content of that one row in the content of memory
					** register P2.  In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the 
					** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
					**
					** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
					** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
					** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.  The OP_Column opcode
					** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
					**
					** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
					** the pseudo-table.
					*/
					case OP_OpenPseudo:
						{
							VdbeCursor pCx;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0);
							pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp.p1, pOp.p3, -1, 0);
							if (pCx == null)
								goto no_mem;
							pCx.nullRow = true;
							pCx.pseudoTableReg = pOp.p2;
							pCx.isTable = true;
							pCx.isIndex = false;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
					**
					** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
					** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
					*/
					case OP_Close:
						{
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p.apCsr[pOp.p1]);
							p.apCsr[pOp.p1] = null;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
					** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers
					** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
					** that are used as an unpacked index key.
					**
					** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that
					** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
					** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
					**
					** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
					*/
					/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
					** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
					** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
					** that are used as an unpacked index key.
					**
					** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that
					** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than
					** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
					**
					** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
					*/
					/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
					** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
					** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
					** that are used as an unpacked index key.
					**
					** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that
					** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than
					** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
					**
					** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
					*/
					/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
					** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
					** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
					** that are used as an unpacked index key.
					**
					** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
					** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
					** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
					**
					** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
					*/
					case OP_SeekLt:         /* jump, in3 */
					case OP_SeekLe:         /* jump, in3 */
					case OP_SeekGe:         /* jump, in3 */
					case OP_SeekGt:
						{       /* jump, in3 */
							int res;
							int oc;
							VdbeCursor pC;
							UnpackedRecord r;
							int nField;
							i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */

							res = 0;
							r = new UnpackedRecord();

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p2 != 0);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							Debug.Assert(pC.pseudoTableReg == 0);
							Debug.Assert(OP_SeekLe == OP_SeekLt + 1);
							Debug.Assert(OP_SeekGe == OP_SeekLt + 2);
							Debug.Assert(OP_SeekGt == OP_SeekLt + 3);
							Debug.Assert(pC.isOrdered);
							if (pC.pCursor != null)
							{
								oc = pOp.opcode;
								pC.nullRow = false;
								if (pC.isTable)
								{
									/* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
									** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
									** the seek, so convert it. */
									pIn3 = aMem[pOp.p3];
									applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
									iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
									pC.rowidIsValid = false;

									/* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
									** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
									if ((pIn3.flags & MEM_Int) == 0)
									{
										if ((pIn3.flags & MEM_Real) == 0)
										{
											/* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
											** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
											pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
											break;
										}
										/* If we reach this point, then the P3 value must be a floating
										** point number. */
										Debug.Assert((pIn3.flags & MEM_Real) != 0);

										if (iKey == SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3.r < (double)iKey || pIn3.r > 0))
										{
											/* The P3 value is too large in magnitude to be expressed as an
											** integer. */
											res = 1;
											if (pIn3.r < 0)
											{
												if (oc >= OP_SeekGe)
												{
													Debug.Assert(oc == OP_SeekGe || oc == OP_SeekGt);
													rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pC.pCursor, ref res);
													if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
														goto abort_due_to_error;
												}
											}
											else
											{
												if (oc <= OP_SeekLe)
												{
													Debug.Assert(oc == OP_SeekLt || oc == OP_SeekLe);
													rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC.pCursor, ref res);
													if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
														goto abort_due_to_error;
												}
											}
											if (res != 0)
											{
												pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
											}
											break;
										}
										else if (oc == OP_SeekLt || oc == OP_SeekGe)
										{
											/* Use the ceiling() function to convert real.int */
											if (pIn3.r > (double)iKey)
												iKey++;
										}
										else
										{
											/* Use the floor() function to convert real.int */
											Debug.Assert(oc == OP_SeekLe || oc == OP_SeekGt);
											if (pIn3.r < (double)iKey)
												iKey--;
										}
									}
									rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC.pCursor, null, iKey, 0, ref res);
									if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
									{
										goto abort_due_to_error;
									}
									if (res == 0)
									{
										pC.rowidIsValid = true;
										pC.lastRowid = iKey;
									}
								}
								else
								{
									nField = pOp.p4.i;
									Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_INT32);
									Debug.Assert(nField > 0);
									r.pKeyInfo = pC.pKeyInfo;
									r.nField = (u16)nField;

									/* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
									**   if( oc==OP_SeekGt || oc==OP_SeekLe ){
									**     r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY;
									**   }else{
									**     r.flags = 0;
									**   }
									*/
									r.flags = (u16)(UNPACKED_INCRKEY * (1 & (oc - OP_SeekLt)));
									Debug.Assert(oc != OP_SeekGt || r.flags == UNPACKED_INCRKEY);
									Debug.Assert(oc != OP_SeekLe || r.flags == UNPACKED_INCRKEY);
									Debug.Assert(oc != OP_SeekGe || r.flags == 0);
									Debug.Assert(oc != OP_SeekLt || r.flags == 0);

									r.aMem = new Mem[r.nField];
									for (int rI = 0; rI < r.nField; rI++)
										r.aMem[rI] = aMem[pOp.p3 + rI];// r.aMem = aMem[pOp.p3];
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
				  {
					int i;
					for ( i = 0; i < r.nField; i++ )
					  Debug.Assert( memIsValid( r.aMem[i] ) );
				  }
#endif
									ExpandBlob(r.aMem[0]);
									rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC.pCursor, r, 0, 0, ref res);
									if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
									{
										goto abort_due_to_error;
									}
									pC.rowidIsValid = false;
								}
								pC.deferredMoveto = false;
								pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
#if SQLITE_TEST
#if !TCLSH
				sqlite3_search_count++;
#else
				sqlite3_search_count.iValue++;
#endif
#endif
								if (oc >= OP_SeekGe)
								{
									Debug.Assert(oc == OP_SeekGe || oc == OP_SeekGt);
									if (res < 0 || (res == 0 && oc == OP_SeekGt))
									{
										rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC.pCursor, ref res);
										if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
											goto abort_due_to_error;
										pC.rowidIsValid = false;
									}
									else
									{
										res = 0;
									}
								}
								else
								{
									Debug.Assert(oc == OP_SeekLt || oc == OP_SeekLe);
									if (res > 0 || (res == 0 && oc == OP_SeekLt))
									{
										rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC.pCursor, ref res);
										if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
											goto abort_due_to_error;
										pC.rowidIsValid = false;
									}
									else
									{
										/* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
										** see if this is the case.
										*/
										res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC.pCursor) ? 1 : 0;
									}
								}
								Debug.Assert(pOp.p2 > 0);
								if (res != 0)
								{
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
								}
							}
							else
							{
								/* This happens when attempting to open the sqlite3_master table
								** for read access returns SQLITE_EMPTY. In this case always
								** take the jump (since there are no records in the table).
								*/
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer.  Arrange
					** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
					**
					** This is actually a deferred seek.  Nothing actually happens until
					** the cursor is used to read a record.  That way, if no reads
					** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
					*/
					case OP_Seek:
						{    /* in2 */
							VdbeCursor pC;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(ALWAYS(pC != null));
							if (pC.pCursor != null)
							{
								Debug.Assert(pC.isTable);
								pC.nullRow = false;
								pIn2 = aMem[pOp.p2];
								pC.movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
								pC.rowidIsValid = false;
								pC.deferredMoveto = true;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
					** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
					** record.
					**
					** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
					** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
					** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
					*/
					/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
					** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
					** record.
					** 
					** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
					** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2.  If P1 
					** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
					** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
					** matching entry.
					**
					** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique
					*/
					case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
					case OP_Found:
						{        /* jump, in3 */
							int alreadyExists;
							VdbeCursor pC;
							int res = 0;
							UnpackedRecord pIdxKey;
							UnpackedRecord r = new UnpackedRecord();
							UnpackedRecord aTempRec = new UnpackedRecord();//char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];

#if SQLITE_TEST
#if !TCLSH
			  sqlite3_found_count++;
#else
			  sqlite3_found_count.iValue++;
#endif
#endif
							alreadyExists = 0;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_INT32);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							pIn3 = aMem[pOp.p3];
							if (ALWAYS(pC.pCursor != null))
							{

								Debug.Assert(!pC.isTable);
								if (pOp.p4.i > 0)
								{
									r.pKeyInfo = pC.pKeyInfo;
									r.nField = (u16)pOp.p4.i;
									r.aMem = new Mem[r.nField];
									for (int i = 0; i < r.aMem.Length; i++)
									{
										r.aMem[i] = aMem[pOp.p3 + i];
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
					Debug.Assert( memIsValid( r.aMem[i] ) );
#endif
									}
									r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
									pIdxKey = r;
								}
								else
								{
									Debug.Assert((pIn3.flags & MEM_Blob) != 0);
									Debug.Assert((pIn3.flags & MEM_Zero) == 0);  /* zeroblobs already expanded */
									pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC.pKeyInfo, pIn3.n, pIn3.zBLOB,
									aTempRec, 0);//sizeof( aTempRec ) );
									if (pIdxKey == null)
									{
										goto no_mem;
									}
									pIdxKey.flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
								}
								rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC.pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, ref res);
								if (pOp.p4.i == 0)
								{
									sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
								}
								if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
								{
									break;
								}
								alreadyExists = (res == 0) ? 1 : 0;
								pC.deferredMoveto = false;
								pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
							}
							if (pOp.opcode == OP_Found)
							{
								if (alreadyExists != 0)
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							else
							{
								if (0 == alreadyExists)
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
					**
					** Cursor P1 is open on an index b-tree - that is to say, a btree which
					** no data and where the key are records generated by OP_MakeRecord with
					** the list field being the integer ROWID of the entry that the index
					** entry refers to.
					**
					** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this record
					** number R. Register P4 is the first in a set of N contiguous registers
					** that make up an unpacked index key that can be used with cursor P1.
					** The value of N can be inferred from the cursor. N includes the rowid
					** value appended to the end of the index record. This rowid value may
					** or may not be the same as R.
					**
					** If any of the N registers beginning with register P4 contains a NULL
					** value, jump immediately to P2.
					**
					** Otherwise, this instruction checks if cursor P1 contains an entry
					** where the first (N-1) fields match but the rowid value at the end
					** of the index entry is not R. If there is no such entry, control jumps
					** to instruction P2. Otherwise, the rowid of the conflicting index
					** entry is copied to register P3 and control falls through to the next
					** instruction.
					**
					** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
					*/
					case OP_IsUnique:
						{        /* jump, in3 */
							u16 ii;
							VdbeCursor pCx = new VdbeCursor();
							BtCursor pCrsr;
							u16 nField;
							Mem[] aMx;
							UnpackedRecord r;                  /* B-Tree index search key */
							i64 R;                             /* Rowid stored in register P3 */

							r = new UnpackedRecord();

							pIn3 = aMem[pOp.p3];
							//aMx = aMem[pOp->p4.i];
							/* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_INT32);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4.i > 0 && pOp.p4.i <= p.nMem);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);

							/* Find the index cursor. */
							pCx = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(!pCx.deferredMoveto);
							pCx.seekResult = 0;
							pCx.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
							pCrsr = pCx.pCursor;

							/* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */
							nField = pCx.pKeyInfo.nField;
							aMx = new Mem[nField + 1];
							for (ii = 0; ii < nField; ii++)
							{
								aMx[ii] = aMem[pOp.p4.i + ii];
								if ((aMx[ii].flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
								{
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
									pCrsr = null;
									break;
								}
							}
							aMx[nField] = new Mem();
							//Debug.Assert( ( aMx[nField].flags & MEM_Null ) == 0 );

							if (pCrsr != null)
							{
								/* Populate the index search key. */
								r.pKeyInfo = pCx.pKeyInfo;
								r.nField = (ushort)(nField + 1);
								r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
								r.aMem = aMx;
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
				{
				  int i;
				  for ( i = 0; i < r.nField; i++ )
					Debug.Assert( memIsValid( r.aMem[i] ) );
				}
#endif

								/* Extract the value of R from register P3. */
								sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
								R = pIn3.u.i;

								/* Search the B-Tree index. If no conflicting record is found, jump
								** to P2. Otherwise, copy the rowid of the conflicting record to
								** register P3 and fall through to the next instruction.  */
								rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, r, 0, 0, ref pCx.seekResult);
								if ((r.flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) != 0 || r.rowid == R)
								{
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
								}
								else
								{
									pIn3.u.i = r.rowid;
								}
							}
							break;
						}


					/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Use the content of register P3 as an integer key.  If a record
					** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.
					** If the record does exist, then fall through.  The cursor is left
					** pointing to the record if it exists.
					**
					** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
					** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
					** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
					** P1 is an index.
					**
					** See also: Found, NotFound, IsUnique
					*/
					case OP_NotExists:
						{        /* jump, in3 */
							VdbeCursor pC;
							BtCursor pCrsr;
							int res;
							i64 iKey;

							pIn3 = aMem[pOp.p3];
							Debug.Assert((pIn3.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							Debug.Assert(pC.isTable);
							Debug.Assert(pC.pseudoTableReg == 0);
							pCrsr = pC.pCursor;
							if (pCrsr != null)
							{
								res = 0;
								iKey = pIn3.u.i;
								rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, null, (long)iKey, 0, ref res);
								pC.lastRowid = pIn3.u.i;
								pC.rowidIsValid = res == 0 ? true : false;
								pC.nullRow = false;
								pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
								pC.deferredMoveto = false;
								if (res != 0)
								{
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
									Debug.Assert(!pC.rowidIsValid);
								}
								pC.seekResult = res;
							}
							else
							{
								/* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the
								** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY.
								*/
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
								Debug.Assert(!pC.rowidIsValid);
								pC.seekResult = 0;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
					** Write the sequence number into register P2.
					** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
					** instruction.
					*/
					case OP_Sequence:
						{           /* out2-prerelease */
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							Debug.Assert(p.apCsr[pOp.p1] != null);
							pOut.u.i = (long)p.apCsr[pOp.p1].seqCount++;
							break;
						}


					/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
					** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
					** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
					** written to register P2.
					**
					** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds 
					** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
					** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, 
					** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
					** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
					** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
					*/
					case OP_NewRowid:
						{           /* out2-prerelease */
							i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
							VdbeCursor pC;         /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
							int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
							int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
							Mem pMem;              /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
							VdbeFrame pFrame;      /* Root frame of VDBE */

							v = 0;
							res = 0;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							if (NEVER(pC.pCursor == null))
							{
								/* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
							}
							else
							{
								/* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
								** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
								**
								** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
								** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
								** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
								** probabilistic algorithm
								**
								** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
								** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
								** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
								** and try again, up to 100 times.
								*/
								Debug.Assert(pC.isTable);

#if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
const int MAX_ROWID = i32.MaxValue;//#   define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
#else
								/* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL.  The following macro seems
** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
*/
								const long MAX_ROWID = i64.MaxValue;// (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
#endif

								if (!pC.useRandomRowid)
								{
									v = sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(pC.pCursor);
									if (v == 0)
									{
										rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC.pCursor, ref res);
										if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
										{
											goto abort_due_to_error;
										}
										if (res != 0)
										{
											v = 1;/* IMP: R-61914-48074 */
										}
										else
										{
											Debug.Assert(sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC.pCursor));
											rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC.pCursor, ref v);
											Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_OK);   /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */
											if (v == MAX_ROWID)
											{
												pC.useRandomRowid = true;
											}
											else
											{
												v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */
											}
										}
									}

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
									if (pOp.p3 != 0)
									{
										/* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
										Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 > 0);
										if (p.pFrame != null)
										{
											for (pFrame = p.pFrame; pFrame.pParent != null; pFrame = pFrame.pParent)
												;
											/* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
											Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 <= pFrame.nMem);
											pMem = pFrame.aMem[pOp.p3];
										}
										else
										{
											/* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
											Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 <= p.nMem);
											pMem = aMem[pOp.p3];
											memAboutToChange(p, pMem);
										}
										Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pMem));

										REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p3, pMem);
										sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
										Debug.Assert((pMem.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
										if (pMem.u.i == MAX_ROWID || pC.useRandomRowid)
										{
											rc = SQLITE_FULL;  /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */
											goto abort_due_to_error;
										}
										if (v < (pMem.u.i + 1))
										{
											v = (int)(pMem.u.i + 1);
										}
										pMem.u.i = (long)v;
									}
#endif

									sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(pC.pCursor, v < MAX_ROWID ? v + 1 : 0);
								}
								if (pC.useRandomRowid)
								{
									/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the
									** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database
									** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until
									** it finds one that is not previously used. */
									Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 == 0);  /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
									/* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */
									v = lastRowid;
									v &= (MAX_ROWID >> 1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
									v++; /* ensure non-zero */
									cnt = 0;
									while (((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC.pCursor, null, v,
									  0, ref res)) == SQLITE_OK)
									&& (res == 0)
									&& (++cnt < 100))
									{
										/* collision - try another random rowid */
										sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i64), ref v);
										if (cnt < 5)
										{
											/* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */
											v &= 0xffffff;
										}
										else
										{
											v &= (MAX_ROWID >> 1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
										}
										v++; /* ensure non-zero */
									}
									if (rc == SQLITE_OK && res == 0)
									{
										rc = SQLITE_FULL;/* IMP: R-38219-53002 */
										goto abort_due_to_error;
									}
									Debug.Assert(v > 0);  /* EV: R-40812-03570 */
								}
								pC.rowidIsValid = false;
								pC.deferredMoveto = false;
								pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
							}
							pOut.u.i = (long)v;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
					** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
					** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register
					** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
					** be a MEM_Int.
					**
					** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
					** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
					** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
					** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
					**
					** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of
					** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this
					** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing
					** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is
					** currently pointing to.  Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode
					** has already positioned the cursor correctly.  This is an optimization
					** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks.
					**
					** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an
					** UPDATE operation.  Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode
					** is part of an INSERT operation.  The difference is only important to
					** the update hook.
					**
					** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
					** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook 
					** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
					**
					** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
					** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
					** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
					** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
					** cause any problems.)
					**
					** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
					** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
					*/
					/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
					** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3.
					*/
					case OP_Insert:
					case OP_InsertInt:
						{
							Mem pData;        /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
							Mem pKey;         /* MEM cell holding key  for the record */
							i64 iKey;         /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
							VdbeCursor pC;    /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
							int nZero;        /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
							int seekResult;   /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
							string zDb;       /* database name - used by the update hook */
							string zTbl;      /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
							int op;           /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */

							pData = aMem[pOp.p2];
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pData));
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							Debug.Assert(pC.pCursor != null);
							Debug.Assert(pC.pseudoTableReg == 0);
							Debug.Assert(pC.isTable);
							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p2, pData);

							if (pOp.opcode == OP_Insert)
							{
								pKey = aMem[pOp.p3];
								Debug.Assert((pKey.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pKey));
								REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p3, pKey);
								iKey = pKey.u.i;
							}
							else
							{
								Debug.Assert(pOp.opcode == OP_InsertInt);
								iKey = pOp.p3;
							}

							if ((pOp.p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE) != 0)
								p.nChange++;
							if ((pOp.p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID) != 0)
								db.lastRowid = lastRowid = iKey;
							if ((pData.flags & MEM_Null) != 0)
							{
								sqlite3_free(ref pData.zBLOB);
								pData.z = null;
								pData.n = 0;
							}
							else
							{
								Debug.Assert((pData.flags & (MEM_Blob | MEM_Str)) != 0);
							}
							seekResult = ((pOp.p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) != 0 ? pC.seekResult : 0);
							if ((pData.flags & MEM_Zero) != 0)
							{
								nZero = pData.u.nZero;
							}
							else
							{
								nZero = 0;
							}
							rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC.pCursor, null, iKey,
							pData.zBLOB
							, pData.n, nZero,
							(pOp.p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND) != 0 ? 1 : 0, seekResult
							);

							pC.rowidIsValid = false;
							pC.deferredMoveto = false;
							pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

							/* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
							if (rc == SQLITE_OK && db.xUpdateCallback != null && pOp.p4.z != null)
							{
								zDb = db.aDb[pC.iDb].zName;
								zTbl = pOp.p4.z;
								op = ((pOp.p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) != 0 ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
								Debug.Assert(pC.isTable);
								db.xUpdateCallback(db.pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
								Debug.Assert(pC.iDb >= 0);
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
					**
					** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
					**
					** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
					** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
					** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
					** a record from within an Next loop.
					**
					** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
					** incremented (otherwise not).
					**
					** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
					** multiple rows.
					**
					** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
					** pointing to.  The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
					** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
					** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
					*/
					case OP_Delete:
						{
							i64 iKey;
							VdbeCursor pC;

							iKey = 0;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							Debug.Assert(pC.pCursor != null);  /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */

							/* If the update-hook will be invoked, set iKey to the rowid of the
							** row being deleted.
							*/
							if (db.xUpdateCallback != null && pOp.p4.z != null)
							{
								Debug.Assert(pC.isTable);
								Debug.Assert(pC.rowidIsValid);  /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */
								iKey = pC.lastRowid;
							}

							/* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or
							** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that
							** might move or invalidate the cursor.  Hence cursor pC is always pointing
							** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation
							** below is always a no-op and cannot fail.  We will run it anyhow, though,
							** to guard against future changes to the code generator.
							**/
							Debug.Assert(pC.deferredMoveto == false);
							rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
							if (NEVER(rc != SQLITE_OK))
								goto abort_due_to_error;
							sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(pC.pCursor, 0);
							rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC.pCursor);
							pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

							/* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
							if (rc == SQLITE_OK && db.xUpdateCallback != null && pOp.p4.z != null)
							{
								string zDb = db.aDb[pC.iDb].zName;
								string zTbl = pOp.p4.z;
								db.xUpdateCallback(db.pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
								Debug.Assert(pC.iDb >= 0);
							}
							if ((pOp.p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE) != 0)
								p.nChange++;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
					**
					** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
					** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()).
					** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0.
					** This is used by trigger programs.
					*/
					case OP_ResetCount:
						{
							sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p.nChange);
							p.nChange = 0;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
					** There is no interpretation of the data.
					** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as
					** it is found in the database file.
					**
					** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
					** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
					*/
					/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
					** There is no interpretation of the data.
					** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as
					** it is found in the database file.
					**
					** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
					** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
					*/
					case OP_RowKey:
					case OP_RowData:
						{
							VdbeCursor pC;
							BtCursor pCrsr;
							u32 n;
							i64 n64;

							n = 0;
							n64 = 0;

							pOut = aMem[pOp.p2];
							memAboutToChange(p, pOut);

							/* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC.isTable || pOp.opcode == OP_RowKey);
							Debug.Assert(pC.isIndex || pOp.opcode == OP_RowData);
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							Debug.Assert(pC.nullRow == false);
							Debug.Assert(pC.pseudoTableReg == 0);
							Debug.Assert(pC.pCursor != null);
							pCrsr = pC.pCursor;
							Debug.Assert(sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr));

							/* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
							** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
							** the cursor.  Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always
							** a no-op and can never fail.  But we leave it in place as a safety.
							*/
							Debug.Assert(pC.deferredMoveto == false);
							rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
							if (NEVER(rc != SQLITE_OK))
								goto abort_due_to_error;
							if (pC.isIndex)
							{
								Debug.Assert(!pC.isTable);
								rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, ref n64);
								Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_OK);    /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
								if (n64 > db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH])
								{
									goto too_big;
								}
								n = (u32)n64;
							}
							else
							{
								rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, ref n);
								Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_OK);    /* DataSize() cannot fail */
								if (n > (u32)db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH])
								{
									goto too_big;
								}
								if (sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)n, 0) != 0)
								{
									goto no_mem;
								}
							}
							pOut.n = (int)n;
							if (pC.isIndex)
							{
								pOut.zBLOB = sqlite3Malloc((int)n);
								rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut.zBLOB);
							}
							else
							{
								pOut.zBLOB = sqlite3Malloc((int)pCrsr.info.nData);
								rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, (u32)n, pOut.zBLOB);
							}
							MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
							pOut.enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pOut );
#endif
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
					** P1 is currently point to.
					**
					** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
					** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
					** one opcode now works for both table types.
					*/
					case OP_Rowid:
						{                 /* out2-prerelease */
							VdbeCursor pC;
							i64 v;
							sqlite3_vtab pVtab;
							sqlite3_module pModule;

							v = 0;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							Debug.Assert(pC.pseudoTableReg == 0);
							if (pC.nullRow)
							{
								pOut.flags = MEM_Null;
								break;
							}
							else if (pC.deferredMoveto)
							{
								v = pC.movetoTarget;
#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
							}
							else if (pC.pVtabCursor != null)
							{
								pVtab = pC.pVtabCursor.pVtab;
								pModule = pVtab.pModule;
								Debug.Assert(pModule.xRowid != null);
								rc = pModule.xRowid(pC.pVtabCursor, out v);
								importVtabErrMsg(p, pVtab);
#endif //* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
							}
							else
							{
								Debug.Assert(pC.pCursor != null);
								rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
								if (rc != 0)
									goto abort_due_to_error;
								if (pC.rowidIsValid)
								{
									v = pC.lastRowid;
								}
								else
								{
									rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC.pCursor, ref v);
									Debug.Assert(rc == SQLITE_OK);  /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */
								}
							}
							pOut.u.i = (long)v;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
					**
					** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
					** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
					** write a NULL.
					*/
					case OP_NullRow:
						{
							VdbeCursor pC;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							pC.nullRow = true;
							pC.rowidIsValid = false;
							if (pC.pCursor != null)
							{
								sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC.pCursor);
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
					** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
					** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
					** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
					** to the following instruction.
					*/
					case OP_Last:
						{        /* jump */
							VdbeCursor pC;
							BtCursor pCrsr;
							int res = 0;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							pCrsr = pC.pCursor;
							if (pCrsr == null)
							{
								res = 1;
							}
							else
							{
								rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, ref res);
							}
							pC.nullRow = res == 1 ? true : false;
							pC.deferredMoveto = false;
							pC.rowidIsValid = false;
							pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
							if (pOp.p2 > 0 && res != 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}


					/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
					** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
					**
					** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
					** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
					** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
					** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
					** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
					** correctly optimizing out sorts.
					*/
					case OP_Sort:
						{        /* jump */
#if SQLITE_TEST
#if !TCLSH
			  sqlite3_sort_count++;
			  sqlite3_search_count--;
#else
			  sqlite3_sort_count.iValue++;
			  sqlite3_search_count.iValue--;
#endif
#endif
							p.aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT - 1]++;
							/* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
							goto case OP_Rewind;
						}
					/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
					** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
					** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
					** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
					** to the following instruction.
					*/
					case OP_Rewind:
						{        /* jump */
							VdbeCursor pC;
							BtCursor pCrsr;
							int res = 0;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							res = 1;
							if ((pCrsr = pC.pCursor) != null)
							{
								rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, ref res);
								pC.atFirst = res == 0 ? true : false;
								pC.deferredMoveto = false;
								pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
								pC.rowidIsValid = false;
							}
							pC.nullRow = res == 1 ? true : false;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p2 > 0 && pOp.p2 < p.nOp);
							if (res != 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * P5
					**
					** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
					** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
					** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
					** jump immediately to P2.
					**
					** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
					**
					** See also: Prev
					*/
					/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
					** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
					** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
					** jump immediately to P2.
					**
					** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
					**
					** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
					** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
					**
					*/
					case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
					case OP_Next:
						{        /* jump */
							VdbeCursor pC;
							BtCursor pCrsr;
							int res;

							if (db.u1.isInterrupted)
								goto abort_due_to_interrupt; //CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p5 <= ArraySize(p.aCounter));
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							if (pC == null)
							{
								break;  /* See ticket #2273 */
							}
							pCrsr = pC.pCursor;
							if (pCrsr == null)
							{
								pC.nullRow = true;
								break;
							}
							res = 1;
							Debug.Assert(!pC.deferredMoveto);
							rc = pOp.opcode == OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, ref res) :
							sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCrsr, ref res);
							pC.nullRow = res == 1 ? true : false;
							pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
							if (res == 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
								if (pOp.p5 != 0)
									p.aCounter[pOp.p5 - 1]++;
#if SQLITE_TEST
#if !TCLSH
				sqlite3_search_count++;
#else
				sqlite3_search_count.iValue++;
#endif
#endif
							}
							pC.rowidIsValid = false;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
					**
					** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
					** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
					** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
					**
					** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
					** insert is likely to be an append.
					**
					** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
					** for tables is OP_Insert.
					*/
					case OP_IdxInsert:
						{        /* in2 */
							VdbeCursor pC;
							BtCursor pCrsr;
							int nKey;
							byte[] zKey;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							pIn2 = aMem[pOp.p2];
							Debug.Assert((pIn2.flags & MEM_Blob) != 0);
							pCrsr = pC.pCursor;
							if (ALWAYS(pCrsr != null))
							{
								Debug.Assert(!pC.isTable);
								ExpandBlob(pIn2);
								if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
								{
									nKey = pIn2.n;
									zKey = (pIn2.flags & MEM_Blob) != 0 ? pIn2.zBLOB : Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(pIn2.z);
									rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, null, 0, 0, (pOp.p3 != 0) ? 1 : 0,
									((pOp.p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) != 0 ? pC.seekResult : 0)
									);
									Debug.Assert(!pC.deferredMoveto);
									pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
								}
							}
							break;
						}


					/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
					** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the
					** index opened by cursor P1.
					*/
					case OP_IdxDelete:
						{
							VdbeCursor pC;
							BtCursor pCrsr;
							int res;
							UnpackedRecord r;

							res = 0;
							r = new UnpackedRecord();

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 > 0);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p2 > 0 && pOp.p2 + pOp.p3 <= p.nMem + 1);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							pCrsr = pC.pCursor;
							if (ALWAYS(pCrsr != null))
							{
								r.pKeyInfo = pC.pKeyInfo;
								r.nField = (u16)pOp.p3;
								r.flags = 0;
								r.aMem = new Mem[r.nField];
								for (int ra = 0; ra < r.nField; ra++)
								{
									r.aMem[ra] = aMem[pOp.p2 + ra];
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
				  Debug.Assert( memIsValid( r.aMem[ra] ) );
#endif
								}
								rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, r, 0, 0, ref res);
								if (rc == SQLITE_OK && res == 0)
								{
									rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
								}
								Debug.Assert(!pC.deferredMoveto);
								pC.cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
					** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
					** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
					**
					** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
					*/
					case OP_IdxRowid:
						{              /* out2-prerelease */
							BtCursor pCrsr;
							VdbeCursor pC;
							i64 rowid;

							rowid = 0;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							pCrsr = pC.pCursor;
							pOut.flags = MEM_Null;
							if (ALWAYS(pCrsr != null))
							{
								rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
								if (NEVER(rc != 0))
									goto abort_due_to_error;
								Debug.Assert(!pC.deferredMoveto);
								Debug.Assert(!pC.isTable);
								if (!pC.nullRow)
								{
									rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pCrsr, ref rowid);
									if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
									{
										goto abort_due_to_error;
									}
									pOut.u.i = rowid;
									pOut.flags = MEM_Int;
								}
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
					** key that omits the ROWID.  Compare this key value against the index
					** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
					**
					** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
					** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
					**
					** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon
					** prior to the comparison.  This make the opcode work like IdxGT except
					** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor,
					** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT.
					*/
					/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
					** key that omits the ROWID.  Compare this key value against the index
					** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
					**
					** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
					** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
					**
					** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior
					** to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work like IdxLE.
					*/
					case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump */
					case OP_IdxGE:
						{        /* jump */
							VdbeCursor pC;
							int res;
							UnpackedRecord r;

							res = 0;
							r = new UnpackedRecord();

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < p.nCursor);
							pC = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pC != null);
							Debug.Assert(pC.isOrdered);
							if (ALWAYS(pC.pCursor != null))
							{
								Debug.Assert(pC.deferredMoveto == false);
								Debug.Assert(pOp.p5 == 0 || pOp.p5 == 1);
								Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_INT32);
								r.pKeyInfo = pC.pKeyInfo;
								r.nField = (u16)pOp.p4.i;
								if (pOp.p5 != 0)
								{
									r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
								}
								else
								{
									r.flags = UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
								}
								r.aMem = new Mem[r.nField];
								for (int rI = 0; rI < r.nField; rI++)
								{
									r.aMem[rI] = aMem[pOp.p3 + rI];// r.aMem = aMem[pOp.p3];
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
				  Debug.Assert( memIsValid( r.aMem[rI] ) );
#endif
								}
								rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, r, ref res);
								if (pOp.opcode == OP_IdxLT)
								{
									res = -res;
								}
								else
								{
									Debug.Assert(pOp.opcode == OP_IdxGE);
									res++;
								}
								if (res > 0)
								{
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
								}
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
					** file is given by P1.
					**
					** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0.  If
					** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
					** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
					**
					** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
					** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
					** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
					** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
					** is stored in register P2.  If no page
					** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already
					** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
					** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
					**
					** See also: Clear
					*/
					case OP_Destroy:
						{     /* out2-prerelease */
							int iMoved = 0;
							int iCnt;
							Vdbe pVdbe;
							int iDb;

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
							iCnt = 0;
							for (pVdbe = db.pVdbe; pVdbe != null; pVdbe = pVdbe.pNext)
							{
								if (pVdbe.magic == VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe.inVtabMethod < 2 && pVdbe.pc >= 0)
								{
									iCnt++;
								}
							}
#else
			  iCnt = db.activeVdbeCnt;
#endif
							pOut.flags = MEM_Null;
							if (iCnt > 1)
							{
								rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
								p.errorAction = OE_Abort;
							}
							else
							{
								iDb = pOp.p3;
								Debug.Assert(iCnt == 1);
								Debug.Assert((p.btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1) << iDb)) != 0);
								rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db.aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp.p1, ref iMoved);
								pOut.flags = MEM_Int;
								pOut.u.i = iMoved;
#if !SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
								if (rc == SQLITE_OK && iMoved != 0)
								{
									sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp.p1);
									/* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */
									Debug.Assert(resetSchemaOnFault == 0 || resetSchemaOnFault == iDb + 1);
									resetSchemaOnFault = (u8)(iDb + 1);
								}
#endif
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
					**
					** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
					** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
					** remove the table or index from the database file.
					**
					** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
					** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
					** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
					**
					** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
					** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change
					** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
					** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
					** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
					**
					** See also: Destroy
					*/
					case OP_Clear:
						{
							int nChange;

							nChange = 0;
							Debug.Assert((p.btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1) << pOp.p2)) != 0);
							int iDummy0 = 0;
							if (pOp.p3 != 0)
								rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db.aDb[pOp.p2].pBt, pOp.p1, ref nChange);
							else
								rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db.aDb[pOp.p2].pBt, pOp.p1, ref iDummy0);
							if (pOp.p3 != 0)
							{
								p.nChange += nChange;
								if (pOp.p3 > 0)
								{
									Debug.Assert(memIsValid(aMem[pOp.p3]));
									memAboutToChange(p, aMem[pOp.p3]);
									aMem[pOp.p3].u.i += nChange;
								}
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
					** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
					** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
					** register P2
					**
					** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
					** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
					** has an arbitrary key but no data.
					**
					** See also: CreateIndex
					*/
					/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
					** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
					** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
					** register P2.
					**
					** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
					*/
					case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
					case OP_CreateTable:
						{          /* out2-prerelease */
							int pgno;
							int flags;
							Db pDb;

							pgno = 0;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < db.nDb);
							Debug.Assert((p.btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1) << pOp.p1)) != 0);
							pDb = db.aDb[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pDb.pBt != null);
							if (pOp.opcode == OP_CreateTable)
							{
								/* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
								flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
							}
							else
							{
								flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY;
							}
							rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb.pBt, ref pgno, flags);
							pOut.u.i = pgno;
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
					**
					** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
					** that match the WHERE clause P4. 
					**
					** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
					** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
					*/
					case OP_ParseSchema:
						{
							int iDb;
							string zMaster;
							string zSql;
							InitData initData;

							/* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
							** on every btree.  This is a prerequisite for invoking
							** sqlite3InitCallback().
							*/
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
			  for ( iDb = 0; iDb < db.nDb; iDb++ )
			  {
				Debug.Assert( iDb == 1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex( db.aDb[iDb].pBt ) );
			  }
#endif

							iDb = pOp.p1;
							Debug.Assert(iDb >= 0 && iDb < db.nDb);
							Debug.Assert(DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded));
							/* Used to be a conditional */
							{
								zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
								initData = new InitData();
								initData.db = db;
								initData.iDb = pOp.p1;
								initData.pzErrMsg = p.zErrMsg;
								zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
								"SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid",
								db.aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp.p4.z);
								if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(zSql))
								{
									rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
								}
								else
								{
									Debug.Assert(0 == db.init.busy);
									db.init.busy = 1;
									initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
									//Debug.Assert( 0 == db.mallocFailed );
									rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, (dxCallback)sqlite3InitCallback, (object)initData, 0);
									if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
										rc = initData.rc;
									sqlite3DbFree(db, ref zSql);
									db.init.busy = 0;
								}
							}
							if (rc == SQLITE_NOMEM)
							{
								goto no_mem;
							}
							break;
						}

#if  !SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
					/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
**
** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
*/
					case OP_LoadAnalysis:
						{
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < db.nDb);
							rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp.p1);
							break;
						}
#endif // * !SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */

					/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
					case OP_DropTable:
						{
							sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp.p1, pOp.p4.z);
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
					**
					** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
					** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
					** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
					** schema consistent with what is on disk.
					*/
					case OP_DropIndex:
						{
							sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp.p1, pOp.p4.z);
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
					**
					** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
					** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
					** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
					** schema consistent with what is on disk.
					*/
					case OP_DropTrigger:
						{
							sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp.p1, pOp.p4.z);
							break;
						}


#if !SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
					/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
**
** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Store in
** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
**
** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are
** seen.  Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
**
** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), ....  There are P2 tables
** total.
**
** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
** file, not the main database file.
**
** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
*/
					case OP_IntegrityCk:
						{
							int nRoot;       /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
							int[] aRoot = null;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
							int j;           /* Loop counter */
							int nErr = 0;    /* Number of errors reported */
							string z;        /* Text of the error report */
							Mem pnErr;       /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */

							nRoot = pOp.p2;
							Debug.Assert(nRoot > 0);
							aRoot = sqlite3Malloc(aRoot, (nRoot + 1));// sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * (nRoot + 1));
							if (aRoot == null)
								goto no_mem;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 > 0 && pOp.p3 <= p.nMem);
							pnErr = aMem[pOp.p3];
							Debug.Assert((pnErr.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);
							Debug.Assert((pnErr.flags & (MEM_Str | MEM_Blob)) == 0);
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							for (j = 0; j < nRoot; j++)
							{
								aRoot[j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(p.aMem[pOp.p1 + j]); // pIn1[j]);
							}
							aRoot[j] = 0;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p5 < db.nDb);
							Debug.Assert((p.btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1) << pOp.p5)) != 0);
							z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db.aDb[pOp.p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
							(int)pnErr.u.i, ref nErr);
							sqlite3DbFree(db, ref aRoot);
							pnErr.u.i -= nErr;
							sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
							if (nErr == 0)
							{
								Debug.Assert(z == "");
							}
							else if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(z))
							{
								goto no_mem;
							}
							else
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, null); //sqlite3_free );
							}
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pIn1 );
#endif
							sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
							break;
						}
#endif // * SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

					/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * *
**
** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
** held in register P1.
**
** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
*/
					case OP_RowSetAdd:
						{       /* in1, in2 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							pIn2 = aMem[pOp.p2];
							Debug.Assert((pIn2.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_RowSet) == 0)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
								if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_RowSet) == 0)
									goto no_mem;
							}
							sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1.u.pRowSet, pIn2.u.i);
							break;
						}
					/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
					** register P3.  Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
					** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
					*/
					case OP_RowSetRead:
						{       /* jump, in1, ref3 */
							i64 val = 0;
							if (db.u1.isInterrupted)
								goto abort_due_to_interrupt; //CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_RowSet) == 0
							|| sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1.u.pRowSet, ref val) == 0
							)
							{
								/* The boolean index is empty */
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							else
							{
								/* A value was pulled from the index */
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(aMem[pOp.p3], val);
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
					**
					** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1
					** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains
					** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the
					** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the
					** next opcode.
					**
					** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets
					** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set
					** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set
					** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1.  P4 must be either -1 or
					** non-negative.  For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4
					** bits are significant.
					**
					** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test
					** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it,
					** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will
					** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is
					** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was
					** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously
					** inserted as part of some other set).
					*/
					case OP_RowSetTest:
						{                     /* jump, in1, in3 */
							int iSet;
							int exists;

							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							pIn3 = aMem[pOp.p3];
							iSet = pOp.p4.i;
							Debug.Assert((pIn3.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);

							/* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
							** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset
							*/
							if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_RowSet) == 0)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
								if ((pIn1.flags & MEM_RowSet) == 0)
									goto no_mem;
							}

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_INT32);
							Debug.Assert(iSet == -1 || iSet >= 0);
							if (iSet != 0)
							{
								exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1.u.pRowSet,
								(u8)(iSet >= 0 ? iSet & 0xf : 0xff),
								pIn3.u.i);
								if (exists != 0)
								{
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
									break;
								}
							}
							if (iSet >= 0)
							{
								sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1.u.pRowSet, pIn3.u.i);
							}
							break;
						}

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER

					/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). 
**
** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory 
** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 
** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE 
** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address 
** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the 
** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
**
** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
*/
					case OP_Program:
						{        /* jump */
							int nMem;              /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
							int nByte;             /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
							Mem pRt;               /* Register to allocate runtime space */
							Mem pMem = null;       /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
							//Mem pEnd;            /* Last memory cell in new array */
							VdbeFrame pFrame;      /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
							SubProgram pProgram;   /* Sub-program to execute */
							int t;                 /* Token identifying trigger */

							pProgram = pOp.p4.pProgram;
							pRt = aMem[pOp.p3];
							Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pRt));
							Debug.Assert(pProgram.nOp > 0);

							/* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is 
							** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
							** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
							** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
							** 
							** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is 
							** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one 
							** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different 
							** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
							** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token 
							** variable.  */
							if (pOp.p5 != 0)
							{
								t = pProgram.token;
								for (pFrame = p.pFrame; pFrame != null && pFrame.token != t; pFrame = pFrame.pParent)
									;
								if (pFrame != null)
									break;
							}

							if (p.nFrame >= db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH])
							{
								rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
								sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion");
								break;
							}

							/* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
							** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
							** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt 
							** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized.  */
							if ((pRt.flags & MEM_Frame) == 0)
							{
								/* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the 
								** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
								** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
								** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
								*/
								nMem = pProgram.nMem + pProgram.nCsr;
								//nByte = ROUND8( sizeof( VdbeFrame ) )
								//+ nMem * sizeof( Mem )
								//+ pProgram.nCsr * sizeof( VdbeCursor* );
								pFrame = new VdbeFrame();// sqlite3DbMallocZero( db, nByte );
								//if ( !pFrame )
								//{
								//  goto no_mem;
								//}
								sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt);
								pRt.flags = MEM_Frame;
								pRt.u.pFrame = pFrame;

								pFrame.v = p;
								pFrame.nChildMem = nMem;
								pFrame.nChildCsr = pProgram.nCsr;
								pFrame.pc = pc;
								pFrame.aMem = p.aMem;
								pFrame.nMem = p.nMem;
								pFrame.apCsr = p.apCsr;
								pFrame.nCursor = p.nCursor;
								pFrame.aOp = p.aOp;
								pFrame.nOp = p.nOp;
								pFrame.token = pProgram.token;

								// &VdbeFrameMem( pFrame )[pFrame.nChildMem];
								// aMem is 1 based, so allocate 1 extra cell under C#
								pFrame.aChildMem = new Mem[pFrame.nChildMem + 1];
								for (int i = 0; i < pFrame.aChildMem.Length; i++)//pMem = VdbeFrameMem( pFrame ) ; pMem != pEnd ; pMem++ )
								{
									//pFrame.aMem[i] = pFrame.aMem[pFrame.nMem+i];
									pMem = sqlite3Malloc(pMem);
									pMem.flags = MEM_Null;
									pMem.db = db;
									pFrame.aChildMem[i] = pMem;
								}
								pFrame.aChildCsr = new VdbeCursor[pFrame.nChildCsr];
								for (int i = 0; i < pFrame.nChildCsr; i++)
									pFrame.aChildCsr[i] = new VdbeCursor();
							}
							else
							{
								pFrame = pRt.u.pFrame;
								Debug.Assert(pProgram.nMem + pProgram.nCsr == pFrame.nChildMem);
								Debug.Assert(pProgram.nCsr == pFrame.nChildCsr);
								Debug.Assert(pc == pFrame.pc);
							}

							p.nFrame++;
							pFrame.pParent = p.pFrame;
							pFrame.lastRowid = lastRowid;
							pFrame.nChange = p.nChange;
							p.nChange = 0;
							p.pFrame = pFrame;
							p.aMem = aMem = pFrame.aChildMem; // &VdbeFrameMem( pFrame )[-1];
							p.nMem = pFrame.nChildMem;
							p.nCursor = (u16)pFrame.nChildCsr;
							p.apCsr = pFrame.aChildCsr;// (VdbeCursor *)&aMem[p->nMem+1];
							p.aOp = aOp = pProgram.aOp;
							p.nOp = pProgram.nOp;
							pc = -1;

							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the 
					** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory 
					** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames 
					** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* 
					** and old.* values.
					**
					** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
					** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
					** calling OP_Program instruction.
					*/
					case OP_Param:
						{           /* out2-prerelease */
							VdbeFrame pFrame;
							Mem pIn;
							pFrame = p.pFrame;
							pIn = pFrame.aMem[pOp.p1 + pFrame.aOp[pFrame.pc].p1];
							sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem);
							break;
						}
#endif // * #if !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
					/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * *
**
** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive).
** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented 
** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the 
** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints).
*/
					case OP_FkCounter:
						{
							if (pOp.p1 != 0)
							{
								db.nDeferredCons += pOp.p2;
							}
							else
							{
								p.nFkConstraint += pOp.p2;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
					** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next 
					** instruction.
					**
					** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
					** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
					** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
					** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
					*/
					case OP_FkIfZero:
						{         /* jump */
							if (pOp.p1 != 0)
							{
								if (db.nDeferredCons == 0)
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							else
							{
								if (p.nFkConstraint == 0)
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}
#endif //* #if !SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
					/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
**
** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of 
** its current value and the value in register P2.
**
** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
** an integer.
*/
					case OP_MemMax:
						{        /* in2 */
							Mem _pIn1;
							VdbeFrame pFrame;
							if (p.pFrame != null)
							{
								for (pFrame = p.pFrame; pFrame.pParent != null; pFrame = pFrame.pParent)
									;
								_pIn1 = pFrame.aMem[pOp.p1];
							}
							else
							{
								_pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							}
							Debug.Assert(memIsValid(_pIn1));
							sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(_pIn1);
							pIn2 = aMem[pOp.p2];
							sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
							if (_pIn1.u.i < pIn2.u.i)
							{
								_pIn1.u.i = pIn2.u.i;
							}
							break;
						}
#endif // * SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */

					/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
**
** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
** not contain an integer.  An Debug.Assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
					case OP_IfPos:
						{        /* jump, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert((pIn1.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);
							if (pIn1.u.i > 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
					**
					** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2.
					**
					** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
					** not contain an integer.  An Debug.Assertion fault will result if you try.
					*/
					case OP_IfNeg:
						{        /* jump, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert((pIn1.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);
							if (pIn1.u.i < 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * *
					**
					** The register P1 must contain an integer.  Add literal P3 to the
					** value in register P1.  If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
					**
					** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
					** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
					*/
					case OP_IfZero:
						{        /* jump, in1 */
							pIn1 = aMem[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert((pIn1.flags & MEM_Int) != 0);
							pIn1.u.i += pOp.p3;
							if (pIn1.u.i == 0)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
					**
					** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
					** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
					** structure that specifies the function.  Use register
					** P3 as the accumulator.
					**
					** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
					** successors.
					*/
					case OP_AggStep:
						{
							int n;
							int i;
							Mem pMem;
							Mem pRec;
							sqlite3_context ctx = new sqlite3_context();
							sqlite3_value[] apVal;

							n = pOp.p5;
							Debug.Assert(n >= 0);
							//pRec = aMem[pOp.p2];
							apVal = p.apArg;
							Debug.Assert(apVal != null || n == 0);
							for (i = 0; i < n; i++)//, pRec++)
							{
								pRec = aMem[pOp.p2 + i];
								Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pRec));
								apVal[i] = pRec;
								memAboutToChange(p, pRec);
								sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pRec);
							}
							ctx.pFunc = pOp.p4.pFunc;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 > 0 && pOp.p3 <= p.nMem);
							ctx.pMem = pMem = aMem[pOp.p3];
							pMem.n++;
							ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
							ctx.s.z = null;
							//ctx.s.zMalloc = null;
							ctx.s.xDel = null;
							ctx.s.db = db;
							ctx.isError = 0;
							ctx.pColl = null;
							if ((ctx.pFunc.flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) != 0)
							{
								Debug.Assert(pc > 0);//pOp > p.aOp );
								Debug.Assert(p.aOp[pc - 1].p4type == P4_COLLSEQ); //pOp[-1].p4type == P4_COLLSEQ );
								Debug.Assert(p.aOp[pc - 1].opcode == OP_CollSeq); // pOp[-1].opcode == OP_CollSeq );
								ctx.pColl = p.aOp[pc - 1].p4.pColl;
								;// pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
							}
							ctx.pFunc.xStep(ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
							if (ctx.isError != 0)
							{
								sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, sqlite3_value_text(ctx.s));
								rc = ctx.isError;
							}
							sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(ctx.s);
							break;
						}

					/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
					**
					** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
					** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
					**
					** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
					** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
					** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
					** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
					** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
					** the step function was not previously called.
					*/
					case OP_AggFinal:
						{
							Mem pMem;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 > 0 && pOp.p1 <= p.nMem);
							pMem = aMem[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert((pMem.flags & ~(MEM_Null | MEM_Agg)) == 0);
							rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp.p4.pFunc);
							p.aMem[pOp.p1] = pMem;
							if (rc != 0)
							{
								sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, sqlite3_value_text(pMem));
							}
							sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding);
#if SQLITE_TEST
			  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE( pMem );
#endif
							if (sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem))
							{
								goto too_big;
							}
							break;
						}


#if !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in
** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL
** or RESTART.  Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns
** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively.  Write the number of pages in the
** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages
** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint
** completes into mem[P3+2].  However on an error, mem[P3+1] and
** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1.
*/
cDebug.Ase OP_Checkpoint: {
  aRes[0] = 0;
  aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1;
  Debug.Assert( pOp.p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PDebug.AsSIVE
	   || pOp.p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
	   || pOp.p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
  );
  rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp.p1, pOp.p2, ref aRes[1], ref aRes[2]);
  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
	rc = SQLITE_OK;
	aRes[0] = 1;
  }
  for(i=0, pMem = aMem[pOp.p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){
	sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]);
  }
  break;
};  
#endif

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
					/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * P5
**
** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the
** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback
** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
** operation. No IO is required.
**
** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
**
** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
*/
					case OP_JournalMode:
						{    /* out2-prerelease */
							Btree pBt;                      /* Btree to change journal mode of */
							Pager pPager;                   /* Pager associated with pBt */
							int eNew;                       /* New journal mode */
							int eOld;                       /* The old journal mode */
							string zFilename;               /* Name of database file for pPager */

							eNew = pOp.p3;
							Debug.Assert(eNew == PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
							|| eNew == PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
							|| eNew == PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
							|| eNew == PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
							|| eNew == PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
							|| eNew == PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
							|| eNew == PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
							);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < db.nDb);

							pBt = db.aDb[pOp.p1].pBt;
							pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
							eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager);
							if (eNew == PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY)
								eNew = eOld;
							if (0 == sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager))
								eNew = eOld;

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager);

/* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory 
*/
if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
&& (zFilename[0]==0                         /* Temp file */
|| !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager))   /* No shared-memory support */
){
eNew = eOld;
}

if( (eNew!=eOld)
&& (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
){
if( null==db.autoCommit || db.activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
sqlite3SetString(&p.zErrMsg, db, 
"cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction",
(eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of")
);
break;
}else{

if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
/* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log 
** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file 
** after a successful return. 
*/
rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);
}
}else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
/* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL.  Use mode OFF
** as an intermediate */
sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
}

/* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
*/
Debug.Assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1));
}
}
}
#endif //* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */

							if (rc != 0)
							{
								eNew = eOld;
							}
							eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew);

							pOut = aMem[pOp.p2];
							pOut.flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Static | MEM_Term;
							pOut.z = sqlite3JournalModename(eNew);
							pOut.n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut.z);
							pOut.enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
							sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
							break;
						};
#endif //* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */

#if  !SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && !SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
					/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
**
** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
** a transaction.
*/
					case OP_Vacuum:
						{
							rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(ref p.zErrMsg, db);
							break;
						}
#endif

#if  !SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
					/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
**
** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
*/
					case OP_IncrVacuum:
						{        /* jump */
							Btree pBt;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p1 >= 0 && pOp.p1 < db.nDb);
							Debug.Assert((p.btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1) << pOp.p1)) != 0);
							pBt = db.aDb[pOp.p1].pBt;
							rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
							if (rc == SQLITE_DONE)
							{
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
								rc = SQLITE_OK;
							}
							break;
						}
#endif

					/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
**
** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed
** (via sqlite3_step()).
**
** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
** then only the currently executing statement is affected.
*/
					case OP_Expire:
						{
							if (pOp.p1 == 0)
							{
								sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
							}
							else
							{
								p.expired = true;
							}
							break;
						}

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
** the shared-cache feature is enabled.
**
** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
** on which the lock is acquired.  A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
** a write lock if P3==1.
**
** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
**
** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
*/
case OP_TableLock:
{
u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp.p3;
if( isWriteLock || 0==(db.flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
int p1 = pOp.p1; 
Debug.Assert( p1 >= 0 && p1 < db.nDb );
Debug.Assert( ( p.btreeMask & ( ((yDbMask)1) << p1 ) ) != 0 );
Debug.Assert( isWriteLock == 0 || isWriteLock == 1 );
rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable( db.aDb[p1].pBt, pOp.p2, isWriteLock );
if ( ( rc & 0xFF ) == SQLITE_LOCKED )
{
string z = pOp.p4.z;
sqlite3SetString( ref p.zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: ", z );
}
}
break;
}
#endif // * SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
					/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
**
** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the
** xBegin method for that table.
**
** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error
** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
					case OP_VBegin:
						{
							VTable pVTab;
							pVTab = pOp.p4.pVtab;
							rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab);
							if (pVTab != null)
								importVtabErrMsg(p, pVTab.pVtab);
							break;
						}
#endif //* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
					/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
** for that table.
*/
					case OP_VCreate:
						{
							rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp.p1, pOp.p4.z, ref p.zErrMsg);
							break;
						}
#endif //* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
					/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
** of that table.
*/
					case OP_VDestroy:
						{
							p.inVtabMethod = 2;
							rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp.p1, pOp.p4.z);
							p.inVtabMethod = 0;
							break;
						}
#endif //* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
					/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
** table and stores that cursor in P1.
*/
					case OP_VOpen:
						{
							VdbeCursor pCur;
							sqlite3_vtab_cursor pVtabCursor;
							sqlite3_vtab pVtab;
							sqlite3_module pModule;

							pCur = null;
							pVtab = pOp.p4.pVtab.pVtab;
							pModule = (sqlite3_module)pVtab.pModule;
							Debug.Assert(pVtab != null && pModule != null);
							rc = pModule.xOpen(pVtab, out pVtabCursor);
							importVtabErrMsg(p, pVtab);
							if (SQLITE_OK == rc)
							{
								/* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
								pVtabCursor.pVtab = pVtab;

								/* Initialise vdbe cursor object */
								pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp.p1, 0, -1, 0);
								if (pCur != null)
								{
									pCur.pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor;
									pCur.pModule = pVtabCursor.pVtab.pModule;
								}
								else
								{
									//db.mallocFailed = 1;
									pModule.xClose(ref pVtabCursor);
								}
							}
							break;
						}
#endif //* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
					/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen.  P2 is an address to jump to if
** the filtered result set is empty.
**
** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
** method of the module.  The interpretation of the P4 string is left
** to the module implementation.
**
** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
** by P1.  The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
** additional parameters which are passed to
** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
**
** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
*/
					case OP_VFilter:
						{   /* jump */
							int nArg;
							int iQuery;
							sqlite3_module pModule;
							Mem pQuery;
							Mem pArgc = null;
							sqlite3_vtab_cursor pVtabCursor;
							sqlite3_vtab pVtab;
							VdbeCursor pCur;
							int res;
							int i;
							Mem[] apArg;

							pQuery = aMem[pOp.p3];
							pArgc = aMem[pOp.p3 + 1];// pQuery[1];
							pCur = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pQuery));
							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p3, pQuery);
							Debug.Assert(pCur.pVtabCursor != null);
							pVtabCursor = pCur.pVtabCursor;
							pVtab = pVtabCursor.pVtab;
							pModule = pVtab.pModule;

							/* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
							Debug.Assert((pQuery.flags & MEM_Int) != 0 && pArgc.flags == MEM_Int);
							nArg = (int)pArgc.u.i;
							iQuery = (int)pQuery.u.i;

							/* Invoke the xFilter method */
							{
								res = 0;
								apArg = p.apArg;
								for (i = 0; i < nArg; i++)
								{
									apArg[i] = aMem[(pOp.p3 + 1) + i + 1];//apArg[i] = pArgc[i + 1];
									sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(apArg[i]);
								}

								p.inVtabMethod = 1;
								rc = pModule.xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp.p4.z, nArg, apArg);
								p.inVtabMethod = 0;
								importVtabErrMsg(p, pVtab);
								if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
								{
									res = pModule.xEof(pVtabCursor);
								}

								if (res != 0)
								{
									pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
								}
							}
							pCur.nullRow = false;
							break;
						}
#endif //* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
					/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Store the value of the P2-th column of
** the row of the virtual-table that the
** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
*/
					case OP_VColumn:
						{
							sqlite3_vtab pVtab;
							sqlite3_module pModule;
							Mem pDest;
							sqlite3_context sContext;

							VdbeCursor pCur = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pCur.pVtabCursor != null);
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p3 > 0 && pOp.p3 <= p.nMem);
							pDest = aMem[pOp.p3];
							memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
							if (pCur.nullRow)
							{
								sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
								break;
							}
							pVtab = pCur.pVtabCursor.pVtab;
							pModule = pVtab.pModule;
							Debug.Assert(pModule.xColumn != null);
							sContext = new sqlite3_context();//memset( &sContext, 0, sizeof( sContext ) );

							/* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
							** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function
							** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a
							** new one.
							*/
							sqlite3VdbeMemMove(sContext.s, pDest);
							MemSetTypeFlag(sContext.s, MEM_Null);

							rc = pModule.xColumn(pCur.pVtabCursor, sContext, pOp.p2);
							importVtabErrMsg(p, pVtab);

							if (sContext.isError != 0)
							{
								rc = sContext.isError;
							}

							/* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
							** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any
							** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
							*/
							sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(sContext.s, encoding);
							sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, sContext.s);
							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p3, pDest);
							UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
							if (sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest))
							{
								goto too_big;
							}
							break;
						}
#endif //* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
					/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
**
** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
*/
					case OP_VNext:
						{   /* jump */
							sqlite3_vtab pVtab;
							sqlite3_module pModule;
							int res;
							VdbeCursor pCur;

							res = 0;
							pCur = p.apCsr[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pCur.pVtabCursor != null);
							if (pCur.nullRow)
							{
								break;
							}
							pVtab = pCur.pVtabCursor.pVtab;
							pModule = pVtab.pModule;
							Debug.Assert(pModule.xNext != null);

							/* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
							** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
							** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
							** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
							** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
							*/
							p.inVtabMethod = 1;
							rc = pModule.xNext(pCur.pVtabCursor);
							p.inVtabMethod = 0;
							importVtabErrMsg(p, pVtab);
							if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
							{
								res = pModule.xEof(pCur.pVtabCursor);
							}

							if (0 == res)
							{
								/* If there is data, jump to P2 */
								pc = pOp.p2 - 1;
							}
							break;
						}
#endif //* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
					/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
*/
					case OP_VRename:
						{
							sqlite3_vtab pVtab;
							Mem pName;

							pVtab = pOp.p4.pVtab.pVtab;
							pName = aMem[pOp.p1];
							Debug.Assert(pVtab.pModule.xRename != null);
							Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pName));
							REGISTER_TRACE(p, pOp.p1, pName);
							Debug.Assert((pName.flags & MEM_Str) != 0);
							rc = pVtab.pModule.xRename(pVtab, pName.z);
							importVtabErrMsg(p, pVtab);
							p.expired = false;
							break;
						}
#endif

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
					/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate
** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the
** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
**
** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
** is the rowid of a row to delete.  If argv[0] is NULL then no
** deletion occurs.  The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new
** row.  This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new
** rowid for itself.  The subsequent elements in the array are
** the values of columns in the new row.
**
** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
** a row to delete.
**
** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()
** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
*/
					case OP_VUpdate:
						{
							sqlite3_vtab pVtab;
							sqlite3_module pModule;
							int nArg;
							int i;
							sqlite_int64 rowid = 0;
							Mem[] apArg;
							Mem pX;

							Debug.Assert(pOp.p2 == 1 || pOp.p5 == OE_Fail || pOp.p5 == OE_Rollback
								   || pOp.p5 == OE_Abort || pOp.p5 == OE_Ignore || pOp.p5 == OE_Replace
							  );
							pVtab = pOp.p4.pVtab.pVtab;
							pModule = (sqlite3_module)pVtab.pModule;
							nArg = pOp.p2;
							Debug.Assert(pOp.p4type == P4_VTAB);
							if (ALWAYS(pModule.xUpdate))
							{
								u8 vtabOnConflict = db.vtabOnConflict;
								apArg = p.apArg;
								//pX = aMem[pOp.p3];
								for (i = 0; i < nArg; i++)
								{
									pX = aMem[pOp.p3 + i];
									Debug.Assert(memIsValid(pX));
									memAboutToChange(p, pX);
									sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pX);
									apArg[i] = pX;
									//pX++;
								}
								db.vtabOnConflict = pOp.p5;
								rc = pModule.xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, out rowid);
								db.vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict;
								importVtabErrMsg(p, pVtab);
								if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pOp.p1 != 0)
								{
									Debug.Assert(nArg > 1 && apArg[0] != null && (apArg[0].flags & MEM_Null) != 0);
									db.lastRowid = lastRowid = rowid;
								}
								if (rc == SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp.p4.pVtab.bConstraint != 0)
								{
									if (pOp.p5 == OE_Ignore)
									{
										rc = SQLITE_OK;
									}
									else
									{
										p.errorAction = ((pOp.p5 == OE_Replace) ? (byte)OE_Abort : (byte)pOp.p5);
									}
								}
								else
								{
									p.nChange++;
								}
							}
							break;
						}
#endif //* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
					/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
**
** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
*/
					case OP_Pagecount:
						{            /* out2-prerelease */
							pOut.u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db.aDb[pOp.p1].pBt);
							break;
						}
#endif


#if !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
					/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
**
** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
*/
					case OP_MaxPgcnt:
						{            /* out2-prerelease */
							i64 newMax;
							Btree pBt;

							pBt = db.aDb[pOp.p1].pBt;
							newMax = 0;
							if (pOp.p3 != 0)
							{
								newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
								if (newMax < pOp.p3)
									newMax = pOp.p3;
							}
							pOut.u.i = (i64)sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, (int)newMax);
							break;
						}
#endif

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
					/* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 *
**
** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
*/
					case OP_Trace:
						{
							string zTrace;
							string z;

							if (db.xTrace != null && !String.IsNullOrEmpty(zTrace = (pOp.p4.z != null ? pOp.p4.z : p.zSql)))
							{
								z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace);
								db.xTrace(db.pTraceArg, z);
								//sqlite3DbFree( db, ref z );
							}
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
			  if ( ( db.flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace ) != 0
				&& ( zTrace = ( pOp.p4.z != null ? pOp.p4.z : p.zSql ) ) != "" )
			  {
				sqlite3DebugPrintf( "SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace );
			  }
#endif // * SQLITE_DEBUG */
							break;
						}
#endif


					/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
**
** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
** destination.
*/
					/*
					** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
					** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
					** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
					** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
					*/
					default:
						{          /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
							Debug.Assert(pOp.opcode == OP_Noop || pOp.opcode == OP_Explain);
							break;
						}

					/*****************************************************************************
					** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
					** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
					** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
					** restored.
					*****************************************************************************/
				}

#if VDBE_PROFILE
{
u64 elapsed = sqlite3Hwtime() - start;
pOp.cycles += elapsed;
pOp.cnt++;
#if  FALSE
fprintf(stdout, "%10llu ", elapsed);
sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, aOp[origPc]);
#endif
}
#endif

				/* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
*/
#if !NDEBUG
		Debug.Assert( pc >= -1 && pc < p.nOp );

#if SQLITE_DEBUG
		if ( p.trace != null )
		{
		  if ( rc != 0 )
			fprintf( p.trace, "rc=%d\n", rc );
		  if ( ( pOp.opflags & ( OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE | OPFLG_OUT2 ) ) != 0 )
		  {
			registerTrace( p.trace, pOp.p2, aMem[pOp.p2] );
		  }
		  if ( ( pOp.opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ) != 0 )
		  {
			registerTrace( p.trace, pOp.p3, aMem[pOp.p3] );
		  }
		}
#endif  // * SQLITE_DEBUG */
#endif  // * NDEBUG */

			}  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */

		/* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
		** an error of some kind.
		*/
		vdbe_error_halt:
			Debug.Assert(rc != 0);
			p.rc = rc;
			testcase(sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog != null);
			sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s",
			pc, p.zSql, p.zErrMsg);
			sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
			//if ( rc == SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db.mallocFailed = 1;
			rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
			if (resetSchemaOnFault > 0)
			{
				sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault - 1);
			}
		/* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
		** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
		** top. */
		vdbe_return:
			db.lastRowid = lastRowid;
			sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
			return rc;

			/* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]
			** is encountered.
			*/
		too_big:
			sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big");
			rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
			goto vdbe_error_halt;

			/* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
			*/
		no_mem:
			//db.mallocFailed = 1;
			sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, "out of memory");
			rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
			goto vdbe_error_halt;

			/* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
			** should hold the error number.
			*/
		abort_due_to_error:
			//Debug.Assert( p.zErrMsg); /// Not needed in C#
			//if ( db.mallocFailed != 0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
			if (rc != SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM)
			{
				sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
			}
			goto vdbe_error_halt;

			/* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
			** flag.
			*/
		abort_due_to_interrupt:
			Debug.Assert(db.u1.isInterrupted);
			rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
			p.rc = rc;
			sqlite3SetString(ref p.zErrMsg, db, sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
			goto vdbe_error_halt;
		}
	}
Пример #13
0
		//#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
		static void REGISTER_TRACE(Vdbe p, int R, Mem M) { }
Пример #14
0
		/*
		** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
		** if we run out of memory.
		*/
		static VdbeCursor allocateCursor(
		Vdbe p,               /* The virtual machine */
		int iCur,             /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
		int nField,           /* Number of fields in the table or index */
		int iDb,              /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
		int isBtreeCursor     /* True for B-Tree.  False for pseudo-table or vtab */
		)
		{
			/* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
			** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
			** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
			** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
			**
			**   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
			**     purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
			**     different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
			**     allocations.
			**
			**   * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
			**     be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
			**     minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
			**
			** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
			** space. Memory cell (p.nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
			** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p.nMem-1), etc.
			*/
			//Mem pMem = p.aMem[p.nMem - iCur];

			//int nByte;
			VdbeCursor pCx = null;
			//ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) +
			//( isBtreeCursor ? sqlite3BtreeCursorSize() : 0 ) +
			//2 * nField * sizeof( u32 );

			Debug.Assert(iCur < p.nCursor);
			if (p.apCsr[iCur] != null)
			{
				sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p.apCsr[iCur]);
				p.apCsr[iCur] = null;
			}
			//if ( SQLITE_OK == sqlite3VdbeMemGrow( pMem, nByte, 0 ) )
			{
				p.apCsr[iCur] = pCx = new VdbeCursor();// (VdbeCursor)pMem.z;
				//memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor));
				pCx.iDb = iDb;
				pCx.nField = nField;
				if (nField != 0)
				{
					pCx.aType = new u32[nField];// (u32)&pMem.z[ROUND8(sizeof( VdbeCursor ))];
				}
				if (isBtreeCursor != 0)
				{
					pCx.pCursor = sqlite3MemMallocBtCursor(pCx.pCursor);// (BtCursor)&pMem.z[ROUND8(sizeof( VdbeCursor )) + 2 * nField * sizeof( u32 )];
					sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx.pCursor);
				}
			}
			return pCx;
		}
Пример #15
0
        static void AnalyzeOneTable(Parse parse, Table table, Index onlyIdx, int statCurId, int memId)
        {
            Context ctx = parse.Ctx;       // Database handle
            int     i;                     // Loop counter
            int     regTabname  = memId++; // Register containing table name
            int     regIdxname  = memId++; // Register containing index name
            int     regSampleno = memId++; // Register containing next sample number
            int     regCol      = memId++; // Content of a column analyzed table
            int     regRec      = memId++; // Register holding completed record
            int     regTemp     = memId++; // Temporary use register
            int     regRowid    = memId++; // Rowid for the inserted record

            Vdbe v = parse.GetVdbe();      // The virtual machine being built up

            if (v == null || C._NEVER(table == null))
            {
                return;
            }
            // Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables or system tables
            if (table.Id == 0 || table.Name.StartsWith("sqlite_", StringComparison.OrdinalIgnoreCase))
            {
                return;
            }
            Debug.Assert(Btree.HoldsAllMutexes(ctx));
            int db = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(ctx, table.Schema); // Index of database containing pTab

            Debug.Assert(db >= 0);
            Debug.Assert(Btree.SchemaMutexHeld(ctx, db, null));
#if !OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
            if (Auth.Check(parse, AUTH.ANALYZE, table.Name, 0, ctx.DBs[db].Name))
            {
                return;
            }
#endif

            // Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level.
            sqlite3TableLock(parse, db, table.Id, 0, table.Name);

            int zeroRows = -1;                                         // Jump from here if number of rows is zero
            int idxCurId = parse.Tabs++;                               // Cursor open on index being analyzed
            v.AddOp4(OP.String8, 0, regTabname, 0, table.Name, 0);
            for (Index idx = table.Index; idx != null; idx = idx.Next) // An index to being analyzed
            {
                if (onlyIdx != null && onlyIdx != idx)
                {
                    continue;
                }
                v.NoopComment("Begin analysis of %s", idx.Name);
                int   cols      = idx.Columns.length;
                int[] chngAddrs = C._tagalloc <int>(ctx, cols); // Array of jump instruction addresses
                if (chngAddrs == null)
                {
                    continue;
                }
                KeyInfo key = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(parse, idx);
                if (memId + 1 + (cols * 2) > parse.Mems)
                {
                    parse.Mems = memId + 1 + (cols * 2);
                }

                // Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed.
                Debug.Assert(db == sqlite3SchemaToIndex(ctx, idx.Schema));
                v.AddOp4(OP.OpenRead, idxCurId, idx.Id, db, key, Vdbe.P4T.KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
                v.VdbeComment("%s", idx.Name);

                // Populate the registers containing the index names.
                v.AddOp4(OP.String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, idx.Name, 0);

#if ENABLE_STAT3
                bool once = false; // One-time initialization
                if (once)
                {
                    once = false;
                    sqlite3OpenTable(parse, tabCurId, db, table, OP.OpenRead);
                }
                v.AddOp2(OP.Count, idxCurId, regCount);
                v.AddOp2(OP.Integer, STAT3_SAMPLES, regTemp1);
                v.AddOp2(OP.Integer, 0, regNumEq);
                v.AddOp2(OP.Integer, 0, regNumLt);
                v.AddOp2(OP.Integer, -1, regNumDLt);
                v.AddOp3(OP.Null, 0, regSample, regAccum);
                v.AddOp4(OP.Function, 1, regCount, regAccum, (object)_stat3InitFuncdef, Vdbe.P4T.FUNCDEF);
                v.ChangeP5(2);
#endif

                // The block of memory cells initialized here is used as follows.
                //
                //    iMem:
                //        The total number of rows in the table.
                //
                //    iMem+1 .. iMem+nCol:
                //        Number of distinct entries in index considering the left-most N columns only, where N is between 1 and nCol,
                //        inclusive.
                //
                //    iMem+nCol+1 .. Mem+2*nCol:
                //        Previous value of indexed columns, from left to right.
                //
                // Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others are initialized to contain an SQL NULL.
                for (i = 0; i <= cols; i++)
                {
                    v.AddOp2(OP.Integer, 0, memId + i);
                }
                for (i = 0; i < cols; i++)
                {
                    v.AddOp2(OP.Null, 0, memId + cols + i + 1);
                }

                // Start the analysis loop. This loop runs through all the entries in the index b-tree.
                int endOfLoop = v.MakeLabel();   // The end of the loop
                v.AddOp2(OP.Rewind, idxCurId, endOfLoop);
                int topOfLoop = v.CurrentAddr(); // The top of the loop
                v.AddOp2(OP.AddImm, memId, 1);

                int addrIfNot = 0; // address of OP_IfNot
                for (i = 0; i < cols; i++)
                {
                    v.AddOp3(OP.Column, idxCurId, i, regCol);
                    if (i == 0) // Always record the very first row
                    {
                        addrIfNot = v.AddOp1(OP.IfNot, memId + 1);
                    }
                    Debug.Assert(idx.CollNames != null && idx.CollNames[i] != null);
                    CollSeq coll = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(parse, idx.CollNames[i]);
                    chngAddrs[i] = v.AddOp4(OP.Ne, regCol, 0, memId + cols + i + 1, coll, Vdbe.P4T.COLLSEQ);
                    v.ChangeP5(SQLITE_NULLEQ);
                    v.VdbeComment("jump if column %d changed", i);
#if ENABLE_STAT3
                    if (i == 0)
                    {
                        v.AddOp2(OP.AddImm, regNumEq, 1);
                        v.VdbeComment("incr repeat count");
                    }
#endif
                }
                v.AddOp2(OP.Goto, 0, endOfLoop);
                for (i = 0; i < cols; i++)
                {
                    v.JumpHere(chngAddrs[i]); // Set jump dest for the OP_Ne
                    if (i == 0)
                    {
                        v.JumpHere(addrIfNot); // Jump dest for OP_IfNot
#if ENABLE_STAT3
                        v.AddOp4(OP.Function, 1, regNumEq, regTemp2, (object)Stat3PushFuncdef, Vdbe.P4T.FUNCDEF);
                        v.ChangeP5(5);
                        v.AddOp3(OP.Column, idxCurId, idx.Columns.length, regRowid);
                        v.AddOp3(OP.Add, regNumEq, regNumLt, regNumLt);
                        v.AddOp2(OP.AddImm, regNumDLt, 1);
                        v.AddOp2(OP.Integer, 1, regNumEq);
#endif
                    }
                    v.AddOp2(OP.AddImm, memId + i + 1, 1);
                    v.AddOp3(OP.Column, idxCurId, i, memId + cols + i + 1);
                }
                C._tagfree(ctx, chngAddrs);

                // Always jump here after updating the iMem+1...iMem+1+nCol counters
                v.ResolveLabel(endOfLoop);

                v.AddOp2(OP.Next, idxCurId, topOfLoop);
                v.AddOp1(OP.Close, idxCurId);
#if ENABLE_STAT3
                v.AddOp4(OP.Function, 1, regNumEq, regTemp2, (object)Stat3PushFuncdef, Vdbe.P4T.FUNCDEF);
                v.ChangeP5(5);
                v.AddOp2(OP.Integer, -1, regLoop);
                int shortJump = v.AddOp2(OP_AddImm, regLoop, 1); // Instruction address
                v.AddOp4(OP.Function, 1, regAccum, regTemp1, (object)Stat3GetFuncdef, Vdbe.P4T.FUNCDEF);
                v.ChangeP5(2);
                v.AddOp1(OP.IsNull, regTemp1);
                v.AddOp3(OP.NotExists, tabCurId, shortJump, regTemp1);
                v.AddOp3(OP.Column, tabCurId, idx->Columns[0], regSample);
                sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, table, idx->Columns[0], regSample);
                v.AddOp4(OP.Function, 1, regAccum, regNumEq, (object)Stat3GetFuncdef, Vdbe.P4T.FUNCDEF);
                v.ChangeP5(3);
                v.AddOp4(OP.Function, 1, regAccum, regNumLt, (object)Stat3GetFuncdef, Vdbe.P4T.FUNCDEF);
                v.ChangeP5(4);
                v.AddOp4(OP.Function, 1, regAccum, regNumDLt, (object)Stat3GetFuncdef, Vdbe.P4T.FUNCDEF);
                v.ChangeP5(5);
                v.AddOp4(OP.MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regRec, "bbbbbb", 0);
                v.AddOp2(OP.NewRowid, statCurId + 1, regNewRowid);
                v.AddOp3(OP.Insert, statCurId + 1, regRec, regNewRowid);
                v.AddOp2(OP.Goto, 0, shortJump);
                v.JumpHere(shortJump + 2);
#endif

                // Store the results in sqlite_stat1.
                //
                // The result is a single row of the sqlite_stat1 table.  The first two columns are the names of the table and index.  The third column
                // is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the index.  The first integer in the list is the total number of entries
                // in the index.  There is one additional integer in the list for each column of the table.  This additional integer is a guess of how many
                // rows of the table the index will select.  If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of rows, then the integer is computed
                // as:
                //        I = (K+D-1)/D
                // If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlite_stat1 table.
                // If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero is never possible.
                v.AddOp2(OP_SCopy, memId, regStat1);
                if (zeroRows < 0)
                {
                    zeroRows = v.AddOp1(OP.IfNot, memId);
                }
                for (i = 0; i < cols; i++)
                {
                    v.AddOp4(OP.String8, 0, regTemp, 0, " ", 0);
                    v.AddOp3(OP.Concat, regTemp, regStat1, regStat1);
                    v.AddOp3(OP.Add, memId, memId + i + 1, regTemp);
                    v.AddOp2(OP.AddImm, regTemp, -1);
                    v.AddOp3(OP.Divide, memId + i + 1, regTemp, regTemp);
                    v.AddOp1(OP.ToInt, regTemp);
                    v.AddOp3(OP.Concat, regTemp, regStat1, regStat1);
                }
                v.AddOp4(OP.MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
                v.AddOp2(OP.NewRowid, statCurId, regNewRowid);
                v.AddOp3(OP.Insert, statCurId, regRec, regNewRowid);
                v.ChangeP5(OPFLAG_APPEND);
            }

            // If the table has no indices, create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index name and the row count as the content.
            if (table.Index == null)
            {
                v.AddOp3(OP.OpenRead, idxCurId, table->Id, db);
                v.VdbeComment("%s", table->Name);
                v.AddOp2(OP.Count, idxCurId, regStat1);
                v.AddOp1(OP.Close, idxCurId);
                zeroRows = v.AddOp1(OP.IfNot, regStat1);
            }
            else
            {
                v.JumpHere(zeroRows);
                zeroRows = v.AddOp0(OP_Goto);
            }
            v.AddOp2(OP.Null, 0, regIdxname);
            v.AddOp4(OP.MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
            v.AddOp2(OP.NewRowid, statCurId, regNewRowid);
            v.AddOp3(OP.Insert, statCurId, regRec, regNewRowid);
            v.ChangeP5(OPFLAG_APPEND);
            if (parse.Mems < regRec)
            {
                parse.Mems = regRec;
            }
            v.JumpHere(zeroRows);
        }
Пример #16
0
    // private function for reading rows and creating table and columns
    private int ReadNextRow( Vdbe vm, DataTable table )
    {
      int columnCount = table.Columns.Count;
      if ( columnCount == 0 )
      {
        if ( ( columnCount = ReadColumnNames( vm, table ) ) == 0 ) return Sqlite3.SQLITE_ERROR;
      }

      int resultType;
      if ( ( resultType =
#if NET_35
 Sqlite3.Step
#else
Sqlite3.sqlite3_step
#endif
( vm ) ) == Sqlite3.SQLITE_ROW )
      {
        object[] columnValues = new object[columnCount];

        for ( int i = 0; i < columnCount; i++ )
        {
          int columnType =
#if NET_35
 Sqlite3.ColumnType
#else
Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_type
#endif
( vm, i );
          switch ( columnType )
          {
            case Sqlite3.SQLITE_INTEGER:
              {
                table.Columns[i].DataType = typeof( Int64 );
                columnValues[i] =
#if NET_35
 Sqlite3.ColumnInt
#else
Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_int
#endif
( vm, i );
                break;
              }
            case Sqlite3.SQLITE_FLOAT:
              {
                table.Columns[i].DataType = typeof( Double );
                columnValues[i] =
#if NET_35
 Sqlite3.ColumnDouble
#else
Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_double
#endif
( vm, i );
                break;
              }
            case Sqlite3.SQLITE_TEXT:
              {
                table.Columns[i].DataType = typeof( String );
                columnValues[i] =
#if NET_35
 Sqlite3.ColumnText
#else
Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_text
#endif
( vm, i );
                break;
              }
            case Sqlite3.SQLITE_BLOB:
              {
                table.Columns[i].DataType = typeof( Byte[] );
                columnValues[i] =
#if NET_35
 Sqlite3.ColumnBlob
#else
Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_blob
#endif
( vm, i );
                break;
              }
            default:
              {
                table.Columns[i].DataType = null;
                columnValues[i] = "";
                break;
              }
          }
        }
        table.Rows.Add( columnValues );
      }
      return resultType;
    }
Пример #17
0
        /* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
        ** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
        ** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
        //#if isView
        // #undef isView
        //#endif
        //#if pTrigger
        // #undef pTrigger
        //#endif

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
        /*
        ** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
        **
        ** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
        ** for each row to be changed:
        **
        **   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
        **   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
        **   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
        **
        ** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
        ** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
        **
        ** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
        **
        ** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
        ** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
        ** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
        */
        static void updateVirtualTable(
            Parse pParse,      /* The parsing context */
            SrcList pSrc,      /* The virtual table to be modified */
            Table pTab,        /* The virtual table */
            ExprList pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
            Expr pRowid,       /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
            int[] aXRef,       /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
            Expr pWhere,       /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
            int onError        /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
            )
        {
            Vdbe       v       = pParse.pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */
            ExprList   pEList  = null;         /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
            Select     pSelect = null;         /* The SELECT statement */
            Expr       pExpr;                  /* Temporary expression */
            int        ephemTab;               /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
            int        i;                      /* Loop counter */
            int        addr;                   /* Address of top of loop */
            int        iReg;                   /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */
            sqlite3    db    = pParse.db;      /* Database connection */
            VTable     pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
            SelectDest dest  = new SelectDest();

            /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
            ** all updated rows.
            */
            pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_"));
            if (pRowid != null)
            {
                pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
                                               sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0));
            }
            Debug.Assert(pTab.iPKey < 0);
            for (i = 0; i < pTab.nCol; i++)
            {
                if (aXRef[i] >= 0)
                {
                    pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges.a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0);
                }
                else
                {
                    pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab.aCol[i].zName);
                }
                pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr);
            }
            pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, null, null, null, 0, null, null);

            /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
            ** be stored.
            */
            Debug.Assert(v != null);
            ephemTab = pParse.nTab++;
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab.nCol + 1 + ((pRowid != null) ? 1 : 0));
            sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);

            /* fill the ephemeral table
             */
            sqlite3SelectDestInit(dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
            sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, ref dest);

            /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
            iReg         = ++pParse.nMem;
            pParse.nMem += pTab.nCol + 1;
            addr         = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid != null ? 1 : 0), iReg + 1);
            for (i = 0; i < pTab.nCol; i++)
            {
                sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i + 1 + ((pRowid != null) ? 1 : 0), iReg + 2 + i);
            }
            sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab.nCol + 2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
            sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (byte)(onError == OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError));
            sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr + 1);
            sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);

            /* Cleanup */
            sqlite3SelectDelete(db, ref pSelect);
        }
Пример #18
0
 //# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
 static void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe p)
 {
 }
Пример #19
0
        /*
        ** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
        */
        static int sqlite3Prepare(
            sqlite3 db,              /* Database handle. */
            string zSql,             /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
            int nBytes,              /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
            int saveSqlFlag,         /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
            Vdbe pReprepare,         /* VM being reprepared */
            ref sqlite3_stmt ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
            ref string pzTail        /* OUT: End of parsed string */
            )
        {
            Parse  pParse;              /* Parsing context */
            string zErrMsg = "";        /* Error message */
            int    rc      = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
            int    i;                   /* Loop counter */

            ppStmt = null;
            pzTail = null;

            /* Allocate the parsing context */
            pParse = new Parse();//sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
            //if ( pParse == null )
            //{
            //  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
            //  goto end_prepare;
            //}
            pParse.pReprepare   = pReprepare;
            pParse.sLastToken.z = "";

            //  assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
            //Debug.Assert( 0 == db.mallocFailed );
            Debug.Assert(sqlite3_mutex_held(db.mutex));

            /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
            ** database schemas.  The inability to get a read lock indicates that
            ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
            ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
            ** to the schema.
            **
            ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
            ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
            ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
            ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
            ** the schema change.  Disaster would follow.
            **
            ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
            ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
            ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
            ** while this routine is running.  Hence, we do not need to hold
            ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is
            ** holding them.
            **
            ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
            ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
            ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
            */
            for (i = 0; i < db.nDb; i++)
            {
                Btree pBt = db.aDb[i].pBt;
                if (pBt != null)
                {
                    Debug.Assert(sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt));
                    rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
                    if (rc != 0)
                    {
                        string zDb = db.aDb[i].zName;
                        sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
                        testcase(db.flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted);
                        goto end_prepare;
                    }
                }
            }

            sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);

            pParse.db         = db;
            pParse.nQueryLoop = (double)1;
            if (nBytes >= 0 && (nBytes == 0 || zSql[nBytes - 1] != 0))
            {
                string zSqlCopy;
                int    mxLen = db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
                testcase(nBytes == mxLen);
                testcase(nBytes == mxLen + 1);
                if (nBytes > mxLen)
                {
                    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
                    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
                    goto end_prepare;
                }
                zSqlCopy = zSql.Substring(0, nBytes);  // sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
                if (zSqlCopy != null)
                {
                    sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, ref zErrMsg);
                    sqlite3DbFree(db, ref zSqlCopy);
                    //pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy];
                }
                else
                {
                    //pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
                }
            }
            else
            {
                sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, ref zErrMsg);
            }
            Debug.Assert(1 == (int)pParse.nQueryLoop);

            //if ( db.mallocFailed != 0 )
            //{
            //  pParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
            //}
            if (pParse.rc == SQLITE_DONE)
            {
                pParse.rc = SQLITE_OK;
            }
            if (pParse.checkSchema != 0)
            {
                schemaIsValid(pParse);
            }
            //if ( db.mallocFailed != 0 )
            //{
            //  pParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
            //}
            //if (pzTail != null)
            {
                pzTail = pParse.zTail == null ? "" : pParse.zTail.ToString();
            }
            rc = pParse.rc;
#if !SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
            if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pParse.pVdbe != null && pParse.explain != 0)
            {
                string[] azColName = new string[] {
                    "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
                    "selectid", "order", "from", "detail"
                };
                int iFirst, mx;
                if (pParse.explain == 2)
                {
                    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse.pVdbe, 4);
                    iFirst = 8;
                    mx     = 12;
                }
                else
                {
                    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse.pVdbe, 8);
                    iFirst = 0;
                    mx     = 8;
                }
                for (i = iFirst; i < mx; i++)
                {
                    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(pParse.pVdbe, i - iFirst, COLNAME_NAME,
                                          azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC);
                }
            }
#endif

            Debug.Assert(db.init.busy == 0 || saveSqlFlag == 0);
            if (db.init.busy == 0)
            {
                Vdbe pVdbe = pParse.pVdbe;
                sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(zSql.Length - (pParse.zTail == null ? 0 : pParse.zTail.Length)), saveSqlFlag);
            }
            if (pParse.pVdbe != null && (rc != SQLITE_OK /*|| db.mallocFailed != 0 */))
            {
                sqlite3VdbeFinalize(ref pParse.pVdbe);
                //Debug.Assert( ppStmt == null );
            }
            else
            {
                ppStmt = pParse.pVdbe;
            }

            if (zErrMsg != "")
            {
                sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
                sqlite3DbFree(db, ref zErrMsg);
            }
            else
            {
                sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
            }

            /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
            while (pParse.pTriggerPrg != null)
            {
                TriggerPrg pT = pParse.pTriggerPrg;
                pParse.pTriggerPrg = pT.pNext;
                sqlite3DbFree(db, ref pT);
            }

end_prepare:

            //sqlite3StackFree( db, pParse );
            rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
            Debug.Assert((rc & db.errMask) == rc);
            return(rc);
        }
Пример #20
0
        // private function for creating Column Names
        // Return number of colums read
        private int ReadColumnNames(Vdbe vm, DataTable table)
        {
            String columnName = "";
            int    columnType = 0;
            // returns number of columns returned by statement
            int columnCount =
#if NET_35
                Sqlite3.ColumnCount
#else
                Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_count
#endif
                    (vm);

            object[] columnValues = new object[columnCount];

            try
            {
                // reads columns one by one
                for (int i = 0; i < columnCount; i++)
                {
                    columnName =
#if NET_35
                        Sqlite3.ColumnName
#else
                        Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_name
#endif
                            (vm, i);

                    columnType =
#if NET_35
                        Sqlite3.ColumnType
#else
                        Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_type
#endif
                            (vm, i);

                    switch (columnType)
                    {
                    case Sqlite3.SQLITE_INTEGER:
                    {
                        // adds new integer column to table
                        table.Columns.Add(columnName, Type.GetType("System.Int64"));
                        break;
                    }

                    case Sqlite3.SQLITE_FLOAT:
                    {
                        table.Columns.Add(columnName, Type.GetType("System.Double"));
                        break;
                    }

                    case Sqlite3.SQLITE_TEXT:
                    {
                        table.Columns.Add(columnName, Type.GetType("System.String"));
                        break;
                    }

                    case Sqlite3.SQLITE_BLOB:
                    {
                        table.Columns.Add(columnName, Type.GetType("System.byte[]"));
                        break;
                    }

                    default:
                    {
                        table.Columns.Add(columnName, Type.GetType("System.String"));
                        break;
                    }
                    }
                }
            }
            catch
            {
                return(0);
            }
            return(table.Columns.Count);
        }
Пример #21
0
 static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
 sqlite3 db,               /* Database handle. */
 string zSql,              /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
 int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
 int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
 Vdbe pOld,                /* VM being reprepared */
 ref sqlite3_stmt ppStmt,  /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
 ref string pzTail         /* OUT: End of parsed string */
 )
 {
   int rc;
   //  assert( ppStmt!=0 );
   ppStmt = null;
   if ( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk( db ) )
   {
     return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT();
   }
   sqlite3_mutex_enter( db.mutex );
   sqlite3BtreeEnterAll( db );
   rc = sqlite3Prepare( db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ref ppStmt, ref pzTail );
   if ( rc == SQLITE_SCHEMA )
   {
     sqlite3_finalize( ppStmt );
     rc = sqlite3Prepare( db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ref ppStmt, ref  pzTail );
   }
   sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll( db );
   sqlite3_mutex_leave( db.mutex );
   return rc;
 }
Пример #22
0
        // private function for reading rows and creating table and columns
        private int ReadNextRow(Vdbe vm, DataTable table)
        {
            int columnCount = table.Columns.Count;

            if (columnCount == 0)
            {
                if ((columnCount = ReadColumnNames(vm, table)) == 0)
                {
                    return(Sqlite3.SQLITE_ERROR);
                }
            }

            int resultType;

            if ((resultType =
#if NET_35
                     Sqlite3.Step
#else
                     Sqlite3.sqlite3_step
#endif
                         (vm)) == Sqlite3.SQLITE_ROW)
            {
                object[] columnValues = new object[columnCount];

                for (int i = 0; i < columnCount; i++)
                {
                    int columnType =
#if NET_35
                        Sqlite3.ColumnType
#else
                        Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_type
#endif
                            (vm, i);

                    switch (columnType)
                    {
                    case Sqlite3.SQLITE_INTEGER:
                    {
                        table.Columns[i].DataType = typeof(Int64);
                        columnValues[i]           =
#if NET_35
                            Sqlite3.ColumnInt
#else
                            Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_int
#endif
                                (vm, i);

                        break;
                    }

                    case Sqlite3.SQLITE_FLOAT:
                    {
                        table.Columns[i].DataType = typeof(Double);
                        columnValues[i]           =
#if NET_35
                            Sqlite3.ColumnDouble
#else
                            Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_double
#endif
                                (vm, i);

                        break;
                    }

                    case Sqlite3.SQLITE_TEXT:
                    {
                        table.Columns[i].DataType = typeof(String);
                        columnValues[i]           =
#if NET_35
                            Sqlite3.ColumnText
#else
                            Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_text
#endif
                                (vm, i);

                        break;
                    }

                    case Sqlite3.SQLITE_BLOB:
                    {
                        table.Columns[i].DataType = typeof(Byte[]);
                        columnValues[i]           =
#if NET_35
                            Sqlite3.ColumnBlob
#else
                            Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_blob
#endif
                                (vm, i);

                        break;
                    }

                    default:
                    {
                        table.Columns[i].DataType = null;
                        columnValues[i]           = "";
                        break;
                    }
                    }
                }
                table.Rows.Add(columnValues);
            }
            return(resultType);
        }
Пример #23
0
    // private function for creating Column Names
    // Return number of colums read
    private int ReadColumnNames( Vdbe vm, DataTable table )
    {

      String columnName = "";
      int columnType = 0;
      // returns number of columns returned by statement
      int columnCount =
#if NET_35
 Sqlite3.ColumnCount
#else
Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_count
#endif
( vm );
      object[] columnValues = new object[columnCount];

      try
      {
        // reads columns one by one
        for ( int i = 0; i < columnCount; i++ )
        {
          columnName =
#if NET_35
 Sqlite3.ColumnName
#else
Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_name
#endif
( vm, i );
          columnType =
#if NET_35
 Sqlite3.ColumnType
#else
Sqlite3.sqlite3_column_type
#endif
( vm, i );

          switch ( columnType )
          {
            case Sqlite3.SQLITE_INTEGER:
              {
                // adds new integer column to table
                table.Columns.Add( columnName, Type.GetType( "System.Int64" ) );
                break;
              }
            case Sqlite3.SQLITE_FLOAT:
              {
                table.Columns.Add( columnName, Type.GetType( "System.Double" ) );
                break;
              }
            case Sqlite3.SQLITE_TEXT:
              {
                table.Columns.Add( columnName, Type.GetType( "System.String" ) );
                break;
              }
            case Sqlite3.SQLITE_BLOB:
              {
                table.Columns.Add( columnName, Type.GetType( "System.byte[]" ) );
                break;
              }
            default:
              {
                table.Columns.Add( columnName, Type.GetType( "System.String" ) );
                break;
              }
          }
        }
      }
      catch
      {
        return 0;
      }
      return table.Columns.Count;
    }
Пример #24
0
		//# define memAboutToChange(P,M)
		static void memAboutToChange(Vdbe P, Mem M) { }
Пример #25
0
        /*
        ** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a
        ** trigger.
        */
        static int codeTriggerProgram(
            Parse pParse,          /* The parser context */
            TriggerStep pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
            int orconfin           /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */
            )
        {
            TriggerStep pTriggerStep = pStepList;
            int         orconf;
            Vdbe        v  = pParse.pVdbe;
            sqlite3     db = pParse.db;

            Debug.Assert(pTriggerStep != null);
            Debug.Assert(v != null);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
            VdbeComment(v, "begin trigger %s", pStepList.pTrig.name);
#endif
            while (pTriggerStep != null)
            {
                sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
                orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default) ? pTriggerStep.orconf : orconfin;
                pParse.trigStack.orconf = orconf;
                switch (pTriggerStep.op)
                {
                case TK_UPDATE:
                {
                    SrcList pSrc;
                    pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
                    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
                    sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc,
                                  sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep.pExprList, 0),
                                  sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep.pWhere, 0), orconf);
                    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
                    break;
                }

                case TK_INSERT:
                {
                    SrcList pSrc;
                    pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
                    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
                    sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc,
                                  sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep.pExprList, 0),
                                  sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep.pSelect, 0),
                                  sqlite3IdListDup(db, pTriggerStep.pIdList), orconf);
                    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
                    break;
                }

                case TK_DELETE:
                {
                    SrcList pSrc;
                    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
                    pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
                    sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc,
                                      sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep.pWhere, 0));
                    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
                    break;
                }

                default: Debug.Assert(pTriggerStep.op == TK_SELECT);
                    {
                        Select ss = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep.pSelect, 0);
                        if (ss != null)
                        {
                            SelectDest dest = new SelectDest();

                            sqlite3SelectDestInit(dest, SRT_Discard, 0);
                            sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, ref dest);
                            sqlite3SelectDelete(db, ref ss);
                        }
                        break;
                    }
                }
                pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep.pNext;
            }
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
            VdbeComment(v, "end trigger %s", pStepList.pTrig.name);
#endif
            return(0);
        }
Пример #26
0
	//#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p.trace)registerTrace(p.trace,R,M)
	static void REGISTER_TRACE( Vdbe p, int R, Mem M )
	{
	  if ( p.trace != null )
		registerTrace( p.trace, R, M );
	}
Пример #27
0
 }//# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
 //void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
 static void VdbeNoopComment( Vdbe v, string zFormat, params object[] ap )
 {
   sqlite3VdbeNoopComment( v, zFormat, ap );
 }//# define VdbeNoopComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
Пример #28
0
		/// <summary>
		/// Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored
		/// in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored
		/// in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc).
		/// </summary>
		static void importVtabErrMsg(Vdbe p, sqlite3_vtab pVtab)
		{
			sqlite3 db = p.db;
			sqlite3DbFree(db, ref p.zErrMsg);
			p.zErrMsg = pVtab.zErrMsg; // sqlite3DbStrDup( db, pVtab.zErrMsg );
			//sqlite3_free( pVtab.zErrMsg );
			pVtab.zErrMsg = null;
		}
Пример #29
0
//# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
static void VdbeNoopComment( Vdbe v, string zFormat, params object[] ap ) { }
Пример #30
0
		/*
		** 2001 September 15
		**
		** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
		** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
		**
		**    May you do good and not evil.
		**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
		**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
		**
		*************************************************************************
		** The code in this file implements execution method of the
		** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE).  A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
		** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
		** VDBE instances.  This file is solely interested in executing
		** the VDBE program.
		**
		** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
		** to a VDBE.
		**
		** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
		** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are
		** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
		** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode
		** and 5 operands.  Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers.  Operand P4
		** is a null-terminated string.  Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
		** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.
		**
		** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
		** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem.  Each register can store
		** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
		** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An implicit conversion from one
		** type to the other occurs as necessary.
		**
		** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
		** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
		** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
		** a program instruction by instruction.
		**
		** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
		** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
		** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
		** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
		** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
		*************************************************************************
		**  Included in SQLite3 port to C#-SQLite;  2008 Noah B Hart
		**  C#-SQLite is an independent reimplementation of the SQLite software library
		**
		**  SQLITE_SOURCE_ID: 2011-06-23 19:49:22 4374b7e83ea0a3fbc3691f9c0c936272862f32f2
		**
		*************************************************************************
		*/
		//#include "sqliteInt.h"
		//#include "vdbeInt.h"

		/*
		** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the
		** value of the cell.  This macro verifies that shallow copies are
		** not misused.
		*/
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
	//# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(P,M)
	static void memAboutToChange( Vdbe P, Mem M )
	{
	  sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange( P, M );
	}
Пример #31
0
    /*
    ** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
    ** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
    **
    ** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
    ** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
    ** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
    ** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
    */
    static int sqlite3Step( Vdbe p )
    {
      sqlite3 db;
      int rc;

      Debug.Assert( p != null );
      if ( p.magic != VDBE_MAGIC_RUN )
      {
        /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying
        ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE.  But beginning
        ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
        ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
        ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, 
        ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
        ** definition.
        **
        ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
        ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE 
        ** returns, and the so were broken by the automatic-reset change.  As a
        ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
        ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the 
        ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
        ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
        */
#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
if( p.rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p.rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt)p);
}else{
return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT();
}
#else
        sqlite3_reset( (sqlite3_stmt)p );
#endif
      }

      /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */
      db = p.db;
      //if ( db.mallocFailed != 0 )
      //{
      //p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      //  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      //}

      if ( p.pc <= 0 && p.expired )
      {
        p.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
        goto end_of_step;
      }
      if ( p.pc < 0 )
      {
        /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
        ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
        ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
        */
        if ( db.activeVdbeCnt == 0 )
        {
          db.u1.isInterrupted = false;
        }

        Debug.Assert( db.writeVdbeCnt > 0 || db.autoCommit == 0 || db.nDeferredCons == 0 );
#if  !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
        if ( db.xProfile != null && 0 == db.init.busy )
        {
          sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64( db.pVfs, ref p.startTime );
        }
#endif

        db.activeVdbeCnt++;
        if ( p.readOnly == false )
          db.writeVdbeCnt++;
        p.pc = 0;
      }
#if  !SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
      if ( p.explain != 0 )
      {
        rc = sqlite3VdbeList( p );
      }
      else
#endif // * SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
      {

        db.vdbeExecCnt++;
        rc = sqlite3VdbeExec( p );
        db.vdbeExecCnt--;
      }

#if  !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
      /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
*/
      if ( rc != SQLITE_ROW && db.xProfile != null && 0 == db.init.busy && p.zSql != null )
      {
        sqlite3_int64 iNow = 0;
        sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64( db.pVfs, ref iNow );
        db.xProfile( db.pProfileArg, p.zSql, ( iNow - p.startTime ) * 1000000 );
      }
#endif

      if ( rc == SQLITE_DONE )
      {
        Debug.Assert( p.rc == SQLITE_OK );
        p.rc = doWalCallbacks( db );
        if ( p.rc != SQLITE_OK )
        {
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
        }
      }

      db.errCode = rc;
      if ( SQLITE_NOMEM == sqlite3ApiExit( p.db, p.rc ) )
      {
        p.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
end_of_step:
      /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be
      ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy
      ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
      ** be one of the values in the first Debug.Assert() below. Variable p.rc
      ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize()
      ** were called on statement p.
      */
      Debug.Assert( rc == SQLITE_ROW || rc == SQLITE_DONE || rc == SQLITE_ERROR
      || rc == SQLITE_BUSY || rc == SQLITE_MISUSE
      );
      Debug.Assert( p.rc != SQLITE_ROW && p.rc != SQLITE_DONE );
      if ( p.isPrepareV2 && rc != SQLITE_ROW && rc != SQLITE_DONE )
      {
        /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
        ** error has occured, then return the error code in p.rc to the
        ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
        */
        rc = db.errCode = p.rc;
      }
      return ( rc & db.errMask );
    }
Пример #32
0
    /*
** Duplicate an 8-byte value
*/
    //static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe v, string in){
    //  char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8);
    //  if( out ){
    //    memcpy(out, in, 8);
    //  }
    //  return out;
    //}

#if !SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    /*
** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
**
** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the
** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
** like the continuation of the number.
*/
    static void codeReal( Vdbe v, string z, bool negateFlag, int iMem )
    {
      if ( ALWAYS( !String.IsNullOrEmpty( z ) ) )
      {
        double value = 0;
        //string zV;
        sqlite3AtoF( z, ref value, sqlite3Strlen30( z ), SQLITE_UTF8 );
        Debug.Assert( !sqlite3IsNaN( value ) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */
        if ( negateFlag )
          value = -value;
        //zV = dup8bytes(v,  value);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, value, P4_REAL );
      }
    }
Пример #33
0
        static RC LoadStat3(Context ctx, string dbName)
        {
            Debug.Assert(!ctx.Lookaside.Enabled);
            if (sqlite3FindTable(ctx, "sqlite_stat3", dbName) == null)
            {
                return(RC.OK);
            }

            string sql = SysEx.Mprintf(ctx, "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx", dbName); // Text of the SQL statement

            if (!sql)
            {
                return(RC_NOMEM);
            }
            Vdbe stmt = null;                                // An SQL statement being run
            RC   rc   = Vdbe.Prepare(ctx, sql, -1, stmt, 0); // Result codes from subroutines

            C._tagfree(ctx, sql);
            if (rc)
            {
                return(rc);
            }

            while (stmt.Step() == RC.ROW)
            {
                string indexName = (string)Vdbe.Column_Text(stmt, 0); // Index name
                if (!indexName)
                {
                    continue;
                }
                int   samplesLength = Vdbe.Column_Int(stmt, 1);                 // Number of samples
                Index idx           = sqlite3FindIndex(ctx, indexName, dbName); // Pointer to the index object
                if (!idx)
                {
                    continue;
                }
                _assert(idx->Samples.length == 0);
                idx.Samples.length = samplesLength;
                idx.Samples.data   = new IndexSample[samplesLength];
                idx.AvgEq          = idx.RowEsts[1];
                if (!idx->Samples.data)
                {
                    ctx->MallocFailed = true;
                    Vdbe.Finalize(stmt);
                    return(RC.NOMEM);
                }
            }
            rc = Vdbe.Finalize(stmt);
            if (rc)
            {
                return(rc);
            }

            sql = C._mtagprintf(ctx, "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3", dbName);
            if (!sql)
            {
                return(RC.NOMEM);
            }
            rc = Vdbe.Prepare(ctx, sql, -1, &stmt, 0);
            C._tagfree(ctx, sql);
            if (rc)
            {
                return(rc);
            }

            Index prevIdx = null; // Previous index in the loop
            int   idxId   = 0;    // slot in pIdx->aSample[] for next sample

            while (stmt.Step() == RC.ROW)
            {
                string indexName = (string)Vdbe.Column_Text(stmt, 0); // Index name
                if (indexName == null)
                {
                    continue;
                }
                Index idx = sqlite3FindIndex(ctx, indexName, dbName); // Pointer to the index object
                if (idx == null)
                {
                    continue;
                }
                if (idx == prevIdx)
                {
                    idxId++;
                }
                else
                {
                    prevIdx = idx;
                    idxId   = 0;
                }
                Debug.Assert(idxId < idx.Samples.length);
                IndexSample sample = idx.Samples[idxId]; // A slot in pIdx->aSample[]
                sample.Eq  = (tRowcnt)Vdbe.Column_Int64(stmt, 1);
                sample.Lt  = (tRowcnt)Vdbe.Column_Int64(stmt, 2);
                sample.DLt = (tRowcnt)Vdbe.Column_Int64(stmt, 3);
                if (idxId == idx.Samples.length - 1)
                {
                    tRowcnt sumEq;  // Sum of the nEq values
                    if (sample.DLt > 0)
                    {
                        for (int i = 0, sumEq = 0; i <= idxId - 1; i++)
                        {
                            sumEq += idx.Samples[i].Eq;
                        }
                        idx.AvgEq = (sample.Lt - sumEq) / sample.DLt;
                    }
                    if (idx.AvgEq <= 0)
                    {
                        idx.AvgEq = 1;
                    }
                }
                TYPE type = Vdbe.Column_Type(stmt, 4); // Datatype of a sample
                sample.Type = type;
                switch (type)
                {
                case TYPE.INTEGER:
                {
                    sample.u.I = Vdbe.Column_Int64(stmt, 4);
                    break;
                }

                case TYPE.FLOAT:
                {
                    sample.u.R = Vdbe.Column_Double(stmt, 4);
                    break;
                }

                case TYPE.NULL:
                {
                    break;
                }

                default: Debug.Assert(type == TYPE.TEXT || type == TYPE.BLOB);
                    {
                        string z = (string)(type == TYPE_BLOB ? Vdbe.Column_Blob(stmt, 4) : Vdbe.Column_Text(stmt, 4));
                        int    n = (z ? Vdbe.Column_Bytes(stmt, 4) : 0);
                        sample.Bytes = n;
                        if (n < 1)
                        {
                            sample.u.Z = null;
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            sample.u.Z = C._tagalloc(ctx, n);
                            if (sample->u.Z == null)
                            {
                                ctx.MallocFailed = true;
                                Vdbe.Finalize(stmt);
                                return(RC.NOMEM);
                            }
                            Buffer.BlockCopy(sample.u.Z, z, n);
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
            return(Vdbe.Finalize(stmt));
        }
Пример #34
0
    /*
** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
** routine generates the code needed to do that.
*/
    static void generateSortTail(
    Parse pParse,     /* Parsing context */
    Select p,         /* The SELECT statement */
    Vdbe v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
    int nColumn,      /* Number of columns of data */
    SelectDest pDest  /* Write the sorted results here */
    )
    {
      int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel( v );    /* Jump here to exit loop */
      int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel( v ); /* Jump here for next cycle */
      int addr;
      int iTab;
      int pseudoTab = 0;
      ExprList pOrderBy = p.pOrderBy;

      int eDest = pDest.eDest;
      int iParm = pDest.iParm;

      int regRow;
      int regRowid;

      iTab = pOrderBy.iECursor;
      regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg( pParse );
      if ( eDest == SRT_Output || eDest == SRT_Coroutine )
      {
        pseudoTab = pParse.nTab++;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3( v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn );
        regRowid = 0;
      }
      else
      {
        regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg( pParse );
      }
      addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2( v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak );
      codeOffset( v, p, addrContinue );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3( v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy.nExpr + 1, regRow );
      switch ( eDest )
      {
        case SRT_Table:
        case SRT_EphemTab:
          {
            testcase( eDest == SRT_Table );
            testcase( eDest == SRT_EphemTab );
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2( v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid );
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3( v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid );
            sqlite3VdbeChangeP5( v, OPFLAG_APPEND );
            break;
          }
#if !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
        case SRT_Set:
          {
            Debug.Assert( nColumn == 1 );
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, p.affinity, 1 );
            sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange( pParse, regRow, 1 );
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2( v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid );
            break;
          }
        case SRT_Mem:
          {
            Debug.Assert( nColumn == 1 );
            sqlite3ExprCodeMove( pParse, regRow, iParm, 1 );
            /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
            break;
          }
#endif
        default:
          {
            int i;
            Debug.Assert( eDest == SRT_Output || eDest == SRT_Coroutine );
            testcase( eDest == SRT_Output );
            testcase( eDest == SRT_Coroutine );
            for ( i = 0; i < nColumn; i++ )
            {
              Debug.Assert( regRow != pDest.iMem + i );
              sqlite3VdbeAddOp3( v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest.iMem + i );
              if ( i == 0 )
              {
                sqlite3VdbeChangeP5( v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE );
              }
            }
            if ( eDest == SRT_Output )
            {
              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2( v, OP_ResultRow, pDest.iMem, nColumn );
              sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange( pParse, pDest.iMem, nColumn );
            }
            else
            {
              sqlite3VdbeAddOp1( v, OP_Yield, pDest.iParm );
            }
            break;
          }
      }
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg( pParse, regRow );
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg( pParse, regRowid );

      /* The bottom of the loop
      */
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel( v, addrContinue );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2( v, OP_Next, iTab, addr );
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel( v, addrBreak );
      if ( eDest == SRT_Output || eDest == SRT_Coroutine )
      {
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2( v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0 );
      }

    }
Пример #35
0
        static void Stat3Push_(FuncContext fctx, int argc, Mem[] argv)
        {
            tRowcnt eq = (tRowcnt)Vdbe.Value_Int64(argv[0]);

            if (eq == 0)
            {
                return;
            }
            tRowcnt    lt        = (tRowcnt)Vdbe.Value_Int64(argv[1]);
            tRowcnt    dLt       = (tRowcnt)Vdbe.Value_Int64(argv[2]);
            long       rowid     = Vdbe.Value_Int64(argv[3]);
            Stat3Accum p         = (Stat3Accum)Vdbe.Value_Blob(argv[4]);
            bool       isPSample = false;
            bool       doInsert  = false;
            int        min       = p.Min;
            uint       h         = p.Prn = p.Prn * 1103515245 + 12345;

            if ((lt / p.PSamples) != ((eq + lt) / p.PSamples))
            {
                doInsert = isPSample = true;
            }
            else if (p.a.length < p.MaxSamples)
            {
                doInsert = true;
            }
            else if (eq > p.a[min].Eq || (eq == p.a[min].Eq && h > p.a[min].Hash))
            {
                doInsert = true;
            }
            if (!doInsert)
            {
                return;
            }
            Stat3Accum.Stat3Sample sample;
            if (p.a.length == p.MaxSamples)
            {
                Debug.Assert(p.a.length - min - 1 >= 0);
                C._memmove(p.a[min], p.a[min + 1], sizeof(p.a[0]) * (p.a.length - min - 1));
                sample = p.a[p.a.length - 1];
            }
            else
            {
                sample = p.a[p.a.length++];
            }
            sample.Rowid     = rowid;
            sample.Eq        = eq;
            sample.Lt        = lt;
            sample.DLt       = dLt;
            sample.Hash      = h;
            sample.IsPSample = isPSample;

            // Find the new minimum
            if (p.a.length == p.MaxSamples)
            {
                int sampleIdx = 0; sample = p.a[sampleIdx];
                int i         = 0;
                while (sample.IsPSample)
                {
                    i++;
                    sampleIdx++; sample = p.a[sampleIdx];
                    Debug.Assert(i < p.a.length);
                }
                eq  = sample.Eq;
                h   = sample.Hash;
                min = i;
                for (i++, sampleIdx++; i < p.a.length; i++, sampleIdx++)
                {
                    sample = p.a[sampleIdx];
                    if (sample.IsPSample)
                    {
                        continue;
                    }
                    if (sample.Eq < eq || (sample.Eq == eq && sample.Hash < h))
                    {
                        min = i;
                        eq  = sample.Eq;
                        h   = sample.Hash;
                    }
                }
                p.Min = min;
            }
        }
Пример #36
0
    /*
    ** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
    */
    static int sqlite3Prepare(
    sqlite3 db,               /* Database handle. */
    string zSql,              /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
    int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
    int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
    Vdbe pReprepare,          /* VM being reprepared */
    ref sqlite3_stmt ppStmt,  /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
    ref string pzTail         /* OUT: End of parsed string */
    )
    {
      Parse pParse;             /* Parsing context */
      string zErrMsg = "";      /* Error message */
      int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
      int i;                    /* Loop counter */

      /* Allocate the parsing context */
      pParse = new Parse();//sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
      if ( pParse == null )
      {
        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
        goto end_prepare;
      }
      pParse.pReprepare = pReprepare;
      pParse.sLastToken.z = "";

      Debug.Assert( ppStmt == null );//  assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
      //Debug.Assert( 0 == db.mallocFailed );
      Debug.Assert( sqlite3_mutex_held( db.mutex ) );

      /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
      ** database schemas.  The inability to get a read lock indicates that
      ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
      ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
      ** to the schema.
      **
      ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
      ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
      ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
      ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
      ** the schema change.  Disaster would follow.
      **
      ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
      ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
      ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
      ** while this routine is running.  Hence, we do not need to hold
      ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is
      ** holding them.
      **
      ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
      ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
      ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
      */
      for ( i = 0; i < db.nDb; i++ )
      {
        Btree pBt = db.aDb[i].pBt;
        if ( pBt != null )
        {
          Debug.Assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex( pBt ) );
          rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked( pBt );
          if ( rc != 0 )
          {
            string zDb = db.aDb[i].zName;
            sqlite3Error( db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb );
            testcase( db.flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
            goto end_prepare;
          }
        }
      }

      sqlite3VtabUnlockList( db );

      pParse.db = db;
      pParse.nQueryLoop = (double)1;
      if ( nBytes >= 0 && ( nBytes == 0 || zSql[nBytes - 1] != 0 ) )
      {
        string zSqlCopy;
        int mxLen = db.aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
        testcase( nBytes == mxLen );
        testcase( nBytes == mxLen + 1 );
        if ( nBytes > mxLen )
        {
          sqlite3Error( db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long" );
          rc = sqlite3ApiExit( db, SQLITE_TOOBIG );
          goto end_prepare;
        }
        zSqlCopy = zSql.Substring( 0, nBytes );// sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
        if ( zSqlCopy != null )
        {
          sqlite3RunParser( pParse, zSqlCopy, ref zErrMsg );
          sqlite3DbFree( db, ref zSqlCopy );
          //pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy];
        }
        else
        {
          //pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
        }
      }
      else
      {
        sqlite3RunParser( pParse, zSql, ref zErrMsg );
      }
      Debug.Assert( 1 == (int)pParse.nQueryLoop );

      //if ( db.mallocFailed != 0 )
      //{
      //  pParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      //}
      if ( pParse.rc == SQLITE_DONE )
        pParse.rc = SQLITE_OK;
      if ( pParse.checkSchema != 0 )
      {
        schemaIsValid( pParse );
      }
      if ( pParse.rc == SQLITE_SCHEMA )
      {
        sqlite3ResetInternalSchema( db, 0 );
      }
      //if ( db.mallocFailed != 0 )
      //{
      //  pParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      //}
      //if (pzTail != null)
      {
        pzTail = pParse.zTail == null ? "" : pParse.zTail.ToString();
      }
      rc = pParse.rc;
#if !SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
      if ( rc == SQLITE_OK && pParse.pVdbe != null && pParse.explain != 0 )
      {
        string[] azColName = new string[] {
"addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
"selectid", "order", "from", "detail"
};
        int iFirst, mx;
        if ( pParse.explain == 2 )
        {
          sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols( pParse.pVdbe, 4 );
          iFirst = 8;
          mx = 12;
        }
        else
        {
          sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols( pParse.pVdbe, 8 );
          iFirst = 0;
          mx = 8;
        }
        for ( i = iFirst; i < mx; i++ )
        {
          sqlite3VdbeSetColName( pParse.pVdbe, i - iFirst, COLNAME_NAME,
          azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC );
        }
      }
#endif

      Debug.Assert( db.init.busy == 0 || saveSqlFlag == 0 );
      if ( db.init.busy == 0 )
      {
        Vdbe pVdbe = pParse.pVdbe;
        sqlite3VdbeSetSql( pVdbe, zSql, (int)( zSql.Length - ( pParse.zTail == null ? 0 : pParse.zTail.Length ) ), saveSqlFlag );
      }
      if ( pParse.pVdbe != null && ( rc != SQLITE_OK /*|| db.mallocFailed != 0 */ ) )
      {
        sqlite3VdbeFinalize( pParse.pVdbe );
        Debug.Assert( ppStmt == null );
      }
      else
      {
        ppStmt = pParse.pVdbe;
      }

      if ( zErrMsg != "" )
      {
        sqlite3Error( db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg );
        sqlite3DbFree( db, ref zErrMsg );
      }
      else
      {
        sqlite3Error( db, rc, 0 );
      }

      /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
      while ( pParse.pTriggerPrg != null )
      {
        TriggerPrg pT = pParse.pTriggerPrg;
        pParse.pTriggerPrg = pT.pNext;
        sqlite3DbFree( db, ref pT );
      }

end_prepare:

      //sqlite3StackFree( db, pParse );
      rc = sqlite3ApiExit( db, rc );
      Debug.Assert( ( rc & db.errMask ) == rc );
      return rc;
    }
Пример #37
0
    /*
    ** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
    ** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
    ** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
    ** column:
    **
    **  Character      Column affinity
    **  ------------------------------
    **  'a'            TEXT
    **  'b'            NONE
    **  'c'            NUMERIC
    **  'd'            INTEGER
    **  'e'            REAL
    */
    static void sqlite3TableAffinityStr( Vdbe v, Table pTab )
    {
      /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
      ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then
      ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
      **
      ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
      ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
      */
      if ( pTab.zColAff == null )
      {
        StringBuilder zColAff;
        int i;
        sqlite3 db = sqlite3VdbeDb( v );

        zColAff = new StringBuilder( pTab.nCol + 1 );// (char)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
        if ( zColAff == null )
        {
          ////        db.mallocFailed = 1;
          return;
        }

        for ( i = 0; i < pTab.nCol; i++ )
        {
          zColAff.Append( pTab.aCol[i].affinity );
        }
        //zColAff.Append( '\0' );

        pTab.zColAff = zColAff.ToString();
      }

      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4( v, -1, pTab.zColAff, P4_TRANSIENT );
    }
Пример #38
0
    /*
    ** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
    **
    ** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
    ** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
    ** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
    ** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
    */
    static int sqlite3Reprepare( Vdbe p )
    {
      int rc;
      sqlite3_stmt pNew = new sqlite3_stmt();
      string zSql;
      sqlite3 db;

      Debug.Assert( sqlite3_mutex_held( sqlite3VdbeDb( p ).mutex ) );
      zSql = sqlite3_sql( (sqlite3_stmt)p );
      Debug.Assert( zSql != null );  /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
      db = sqlite3VdbeDb( p );
      Debug.Assert( sqlite3_mutex_held( db.mutex ) );
      string dummy = "";
      rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare( db, zSql, -1, 0, p, ref pNew, ref dummy );
      if ( rc != 0 )
      {
        if ( rc == SQLITE_NOMEM )
        {
          //        db.mallocFailed = 1;
        }
        Debug.Assert( pNew == null );
        return rc;
      }
      else
      {
        Debug.Assert( pNew != null );
      }
      sqlite3VdbeSwap( (Vdbe)pNew, p );
      sqlite3TransferBindings( pNew, (sqlite3_stmt)p );
      sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult( (Vdbe)pNew );
      sqlite3VdbeFinalize( (Vdbe)pNew );
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
Пример #39
0
        // private function for reading rows and creating table and columns
        private int ReadNextRow(Vdbe vm, DataTable table)
        {
            int columnCount = table.Columns.Count;

            if (columnCount == 0)
            {
                if ((columnCount = ReadColumnNames(vm, table)) == 0)
                {
                    return(CSSQLite.SQLITE_ERROR);
                }
            }

            int resultType;

            if ((resultType = CSSQLite.sqlite3_step(vm)) == CSSQLite.SQLITE_ROW)
            {
                object[] columnValues = new object[columnCount];

                for (int i = 0; i < columnCount; i++)
                {
                    int columnType = CSSQLite.sqlite3_column_type(vm, i);
                    switch (columnType)
                    {
                    case CSSQLite.SQLITE_INTEGER:
                    {
                        columnValues[i] = CSSQLite.sqlite3_column_int64(vm, i);
                        break;
                    }

                    case CSSQLite.SQLITE_FLOAT:
                    {
                        columnValues[i] = CSSQLite.sqlite3_column_double(vm, i);
                        break;
                    }

                    case CSSQLite.SQLITE_TEXT:
                    {
                        columnValues[i] = CSSQLite.sqlite3_column_text(vm, i);
                        break;
                    }

                    case CSSQLite.SQLITE_BLOB:
                    {
                        // Something goes wrong between adding this as a column value and converting to a row value.
                        byte[] encBlob = CSSQLite.sqlite3_column_blob(vm, i);
                        string base64  = Convert.ToBase64String(encBlob);
                        //byte[] decPass = ProtectedData.Unprotect(encBlob, null, DataProtectionScope.CurrentUser);
                        //string password = Encoding.ASCII.GetString(decPass);
                        //columnValues[i] = password;
                        columnValues[i] = base64;

                        break;
                    }

                    default:
                    {
                        columnValues[i] = "";
                        break;
                    }
                    }
                }
                table.Rows.Add(columnValues);
            }
            return(resultType);
        }
Пример #40
0
		/*
** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking
** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
** copies of this cell as invalid.
**
** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
** copies are not misused.
*/

		private static void sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(Vdbe pVdbe, Mem pMem)
		{
			int i;
			Mem pX;
			for (i = 1; i <= pVdbe.nMem; i++)
			{
				pX = pVdbe.aMem[i];
				if (pX.pScopyFrom == pMem)
				{
					pX.flags |= MEM_Invalid;
					pX.pScopyFrom = null;
				}
			}
			pMem.pScopyFrom = null;
		}
Пример #41
0
        static void openStatTable(
            Parse pParse,           /* Parsing context */
            int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
            int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
            string zWhere,          /* Delete entries for this table or index */
            string zWhereType       /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */
            )
        {
            int[] aRoot      = new int[] { 0, 0 };
            u8[]  aCreateTbl = new u8[] { 0, 0 };

            int     i;
            sqlite3 db = pParse.db;
            Db      pDb;
            Vdbe    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);

            if (v == null)
            {
                return;
            }
            Debug.Assert(sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db));
            Debug.Assert(sqlite3VdbeDb(v) == db);
            pDb = db.aDb[iDb];

            for (i = 0; i < ArraySize(aTable); i++)
            {
                string zTab = aTable[i].zName;
                Table  pStat;
                if ((pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb.zName)) == null)
                {
                    /* The sqlite_stat[12] table does not exist. Create it. Note that a
                    ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage
                    ** of the new table in register pParse.regRoot. This is important
                    ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
                    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
                                       "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb.zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
                                       );
                    aRoot[i]      = pParse.regRoot;
                    aCreateTbl[i] = 1;
                }
                else
                {
                    /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries
                    ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
                    ** entire contents of the table. */
                    aRoot[i] = pStat.tnum;
                    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
                    if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(zWhere))
                    {
                        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
                                           "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", pDb.zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere
                                           );
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        /* The sqlite_stat[12] table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
                        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
                    }
                }
            }

            /* Open the sqlite_stat[12] tables for writing. */
            for (i = 0; i < ArraySize(aTable); i++)
            {
                sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur + i, aRoot[i], iDb);
                sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, 3, P4_INT32);
                sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);
            }
        }